Revision
9828 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri May 11 19:21:52 2018 UTC
(6 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9827
Migrate the asset list routine to it's own file and include extra fields so it can be used elsewhere.
Introduce a new function to get a package metadata from a file path. This allows us to find out what installed a file.
Revision
9812 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Apr 4 12:59:39 2018 UTC
(6 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9811
The length field of the option header does not count the size of the option
header itself. This causes a problem when the length is zero, the count is
then incremented by zero, which causes an infinite loop.
In addition there are pointer/offset mistakes in the handling of IPv4
options.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
9688 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Dec 16 17:24:42 2017 UTC
(6 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9687
Update libiconv implementation from NetBSD & FreeBSD.
Add compatiblity shim for old binaries (libc_nonshared hack).
Introduce ldscript for libc to allow us to use stack protector on i386 later.
Revision
9631 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Oct 11 23:42:12 2017 UTC
(6 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9629
move posix_spawn family into fbsd symbol. This fixes backward compatibility with freebsd 9 binaries. The symbol is still present for MNBSD_1.0
Revision
9629 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Oct 6 21:10:30 2017 UTC
(6 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9628
Add partial support for multi argument sample syntax. @sample src dest. Does not remove the created file on uninstall.
Revision
9604 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Oct 1 22:18:58 2017 UTC
(6 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9603
similar to the coretemp driver, revert to freebsd coretemp until we can fix some issues with sensors framework. On the upside, this adds support for AMD FX and A series chips.
Revision
9490 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 5 20:14:27 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9489
Some fixes to snd_envy24ht(4) driver:
- Allow DMA addresses anywhere in the lower 4GB; Envy24HT has a 32-bit DMA
engine, not 28-bit like Envy24.
- Mark interrupt handler as MPSAFE, seems to be correctly synchronized.
Revision
9488 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 5 20:07:14 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9487
Post-r248567, there were times when the client would return a
truncated directory for some NFS servers. This turned out to
be because the size of a directory reported by an NFS server
can be smaller that the ufs-like directory created from the
RPC XDR in the client. This patch fixes the problem by changing
r248567 so that vnode_pager_setsize() is only done for regular files.
Revision
9485 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 5 20:04:43 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9484
Enhanced BIO_DELETE support for CAM SCSI to add ATA_TRIM support.
Disable CAM BIO queue sorting for non-rotating media by default.
MFC r249939 Added available delete methods discovery during device probe
MFC r249941 Automatically disable BIO queue sorting for non-rotating media
MFC r250033 Correct comment typo's
MFC r250179 Update probe flow so that devices with lbp can also disable disksort
MFC r250180 Fix probe in progress check in dareprobe
MFC r250181 Check for ATA Information VPD before querying for ATA
MFC r250183 Enable CAM SCSI to choice ATA TRIM during autodetection
MFC r250967 Enforce validation on the selected delete method via sysctl
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
9480 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 5 20:00:48 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9479
Fix a long standing logic bug introduced in r167814. The code was added to
get RSDP from loader(8) hint via kenv(2) but the bug nullified the new code
and we always fell back to the previous method, i. e., sysctlbyname(3).
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
9469 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 5 19:45:14 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9468
When handling an exception from the attempt from loading the faulting
context on return from the trap handler, re-enable the interrupts on
i386 and amd64.
Revision
9468 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 5 19:44:41 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9467
- Make ata_str2mode() static, it's not used outside of ata-all.c.
- Move ata_timeout() to ata-all.c so we don't need to expose both this
function and ata_cam_end_transaction() but only the former.
- Move ata_cmd2str() from ata-queue.c to ata-all.c.
- Add some missing prototypes.
Revision
9465 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 5 19:41:04 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9464
Fix two bugs in the current NUMA-aware allocation code:
- vm_phys_alloc_freelist_pages() can be called by vm_page_alloc_freelist()
to allocate a page from a specific freelist. In the NUMA case it did not
properly map the public VM_FREELIST_* constants to the correct backing
freelists, nor did it try all NUMA domains for allocations from
VM_FREELIST_DEFAULT.
- vm_phys_alloc_pages() did not pin the thread and each call to
vm_phys_alloc_freelist_pages() fetched the current domain to choose
which freelist to use. If a thread migrated domains during the loop
in vm_phys_alloc_pages() it could skip one of the freelists. If the
other freelists were out of memory then it is possible that
vm_phys_alloc_pages() would fail to allocate a page even though pages
were available resulting in a panic in vm_page_alloc().
Obtained from: FreeBSD svn 251179
Revision
9464 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 5 19:40:24 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9463
Fix the data corruption on the swap-backed md. Assign the rv variable a
success code if the pager was not asked for the page.
Revision
9457 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 5 19:36:04 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9456
Rework the handling of stop signals in the NFS client. The changes in
195702, 195703, and 195821 prevented a thread from suspending while holding
locks inside of NFS by forcing the thread to fail sleeps with EINTR or
ERESTART but defer the thread suspension to the user boundary. However,
this had the effect that stopping a process during an NFS request could
abort the request and trigger EINTR errors that were visible to userland
processes (previously the thread would have suspended and completed the
request once it was resumed).
This change instead effectively masks stop signals while in the NFS client.
It uses the existing TDF_SBDRY flag to effect this since SIGSTOP cannot
be masked directly. Instead of setting PBDRY on individual sleeps, change
the VFS_*() and VOP_*() methods to defer stop signals for filesystems which
request this behavior via a new VFCF_SBDRY flag. Note that this has to be
a VFC flag rather than a MNTK flag so that it works properly with
VFS_MOUNT() when the mount is not yet fully constructed. For now, only the
NFS clients set this new flag in VFS_SET().
A few other related changes:
- Add an assertion to ensure that TDF_SBDRY doesn't leak to userland.
- When a lookup request uses VOP_READLINK() to follow a symlink, mark
the request as being on behalf of the thread performing the lookup
(cnp_thread) rather than using a NULL thread pointer. This causes
NFS to properly handle signals during this VOP on an interruptible
mount.
- Ignore thread suspend requests due to SIGSTOP if stop signals are
currently deferred. This can occur if a process is stopped via
SIGSTOP while a thread is running or runnable but before it has set
TDF_SBDRY.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
9456 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 5 19:35:08 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9455
Add a convenience macro bread_gb() to wrap a call to
breadn_flags(). Comparing with bread(), it adds an argument to pass
the flags to getblk().
Revision
9455 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 5 19:34:22 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9454
Add currently unused flag argument to the cluster_read(),
cluster_write() and cluster_wbuild() functions. The flags to be
allowed are a subset of the GB_* flags for getblk().
Revision
9453 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 5 19:33:06 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9452
Revert my previous merge. There's a variable name difference between head
and stable (dirfd vs. dir_fd) and I managed to get it wrong again when I
did the MFC, even after I tested.
Revision
9452 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 5 19:32:41 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9451
Some filesystems (NFS in particular) do not fill out the d_type field when
returning directory entries through readdir(3). In this case we need to
obtain the file type ourselves; otherwise newsyslog -t will not be able to
find archived log files and will fail to both delete old log files and to
do interval-based rotations properly.
Revision
9451 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 5 19:32:12 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9450
Disable sending Early R_OK on SiI3726/SiI3826 port multipliers.
With "cached read" HDD testing and multiple ports busy on a SATA
host controller, 3726/3826 PMP will very rarely drop a deferred
R_OK that was intended for the host. Symptom will be all 5 drives
under test will timeout, get reset, and recover.
Revision
9450 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 5 19:31:51 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9449
Fix vdc->Secondary_Element_Count metadata field access from 16 to 8 bit.
In some cases it could cause kernel panic during failed drive replacement.
Revision
9447 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 5 19:29:27 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9446
- Make tables, device ID strings etc const. This includes #ifdef'ing 0
aac_command_status_table, which is actually unused since r111532.
While at it, make aac_if a pointer to the now const interface tables
instead of copying them over to the softc (this alone already reduces the
size of aac.ko on amd64 by ~1 KiB).
- Remove redundant softc members.
- Use DEVMETHOD_END.
- Use NULL instead of 0 for pointers.
- Remove redundant bzero(9)'ing of the softc.
- Use pci_enable_busmaster(9) instead of duplicating it.
- Remove redundant checking for PCIM_CMD_MEMEN (resource allocation will
just fail).
- Canonicalize the error messages in case of resource allocation failures.
- Add support for using MSI instead of INTx, controllable via the tunable
hw.aac.enable_msi (defaulting to on).
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
9446 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 5 19:28:40 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9445
- Improve some comments.
- Make bge_lookup_{rev,vendor}() static.
- Factor out chip identification rather than duplicating the code.
- Sanitize bge_probe() a bit (don't hardcode buffer sizes, allow
bge_lookup_vendor() to return NULL so the excessive panic() can
be removed there, etc.) and return BUS_PROBE_DEFAULT rather than
hardcoding 0.
- According to the Linux tg3 driver, BCM57791 and BCM57795 aren't
capable of Gigabit Ethernet.
- Check the return value of taskqueue_start_threads().
- Mention NetLink controllers in the fallback description, too.
Revision
9444 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 5 19:26:07 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9443
Fix the wait6(2) on 32bit architectures and for the compat32, by using
the right type for the argument in syscalls.master. Also fix the
posix_fallocate(2) and posix_fadvise(2) compat32 syscalls on the
architectures which require padding of the 64bit argument.
Revision
9440 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 5 18:19:24 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9439
When running the -m option to generate a newfs(8) command suitable for
recreating the filesystem, check for and output the -i, -k, and -l
options if appropriate.
Note the remaining deficiencies of the -m option in the dumpfs(8)
manual page. Specifically that newfs(8) options -E, -R, -S, and -T
options are not handled and that -p is not useful so is omitted.
Also document that newfs(8) options -n and -r are neither checked
for nor output but should be. The -r flag is needed if the filesystem
uses gjournal(8).
Revision
9439 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 5 18:18:46 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9438
Add 'list' command, for now the exact equivalent of 'status',
so users of the latter could change their scripts.
Revision
9432 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 5 14:25:04 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9431
Get rid of libl dependency. We needed it only to provide yywrap. But
yywrap is not necessary when parsing a single hast.conf file.
Revision
9429 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 5 14:23:07 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9428
The description explains why we should not configure "path",
"host.hostname", "command", "ip4.addr" and ip6.addr" parameters with
this, but rather use the historical rc.conf(5) options.
Revision
9427 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 23:23:39 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9426
Add support for "d" floating-point suffix, as defined by draft N1312
of TR 24732. Emit pedantic warning if the feature is being used.
Revision
9424 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 22:54:00 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9423
- Fix nullfs vnode reference leak in nullfs_reclaim_lowervp(). The
null_hashget() obtains the reference on the nullfs vnode, which must
be dropped.
- Fix a wart which existed from the introduction of the nullfs
caching, do not unlock lower vnode in the nullfs_reclaim_lowervp().
It should be innocent, but now it is also formally safe. Inform the
nullfs_reclaim() about this using the NULLV_NOUNLOCK flag set on
nullfs inode.
- Add a callback to the upper filesystems for the lower vnode
unlinking. When inactivating a nullfs vnode, check if the lower
vnode was unlinked, indicated by nullfs flag NULLV_DROP or VV_NOSYNC
on the lower vnode, and reclaim upper vnode if so. This allows
nullfs to purge cached vnodes for the unlinked lower vnode, avoiding
excessive caching.
Revision
9416 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 22:48:13 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9415
Refine the "nojail" rc keyword, adding "nojailvnet" for files that don't
apply to most jails but do apply to vnet jails. This includes adding
a new sysctl "security.jail.vnet" to identify vnet jails.
Revision
9415 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 22:47:23 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9414
Several fixes and improvements to sendfile()
1. If we wanted to send exactly as many bytes as the socket buffer is
sized for, the inner loop of kern_sendfile() would see that the
socket is full before seeing that it had no more bytes left to send.
This would cause it to return EAGAIN to the caller instead of
success. Fix by changing the order that these conditions are tested.
2. Simplify the calculation for the bytes to send in each iteration of
the inner loop of kern_sendfile()
3. Fix some calls with bogus arguments to sf_buf_ext(). These would
only trigger on mbuf allocation failure, but would be hilariously
bad if they did trigger.
Eliminate the layering violation in the kern_sendfile(). When quering
the file size, use VOP_GETATTR() instead of accessing vnode vm_object
un_pager.vnp.vnp_size.
Take the shared vnode lock earlier to cover the added VOP_GETATTR()
call and, as consequence, the whole internal sendfile loop. Reduce vm
object lock scope to not protect the local calculations.
Item 1 in r248830 causes earlier exits from the sendfile(2), before
all requested data was sent. The reason is that xfsize <= 0 condition
must not be tested at all if space == loopbytes. Otherwise, the done
is set to 1, and sendfile(2) is aborted too early.
Instead of moving the condition to exiting the inner loop after the
xfersize check, directly check for the completed transfer before the
testing of the available space in the socket buffer, and revert item 1
of r248830. It is arguably another bug to sleep waiting for socket
buffer space (or return EAGAIN for non-blocking socket) if all bytes
are already transferred.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
9410 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 21:44:18 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9409
Use procstat_getprocs(3) for retrieving thread info instead of sysctls.
Use procstat_getvmmap for retrieving VM layout of a process.
Revision
9405 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 21:36:44 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9404
add ipfw support for setting/matching diffserv codepoints (DSCP).
Setting DSCP support is done via O_SETDSCP which works for both IPv4 and IPv6 packets.
Revision
9397 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 21:28:54 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9396
posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2(3): Document difference with
dup2().
The ability to clear a file descriptor's close-on-exec flag via
posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2() is in fact proposed in Austin Group issue
#411.
Revision
9396 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 21:28:26 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9395
posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen(3): Correct error for bad file
descriptor.
As per POSIX.1-2008, posix_spawn_file_actions_add* return [EBADF] if a file
descriptor is negative, not [EINVAL]. The bug was only in the manual page;
the code is correct.
Revision
9393 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 21:27:20 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9392
Do a sync of the devvp vnode for the mount, which buffers, among other
things, contain FAT blocks. This makes fsync(2) for msdosfs more correct
by syncing the metadata needed to read the synced data.
Revision
9392 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 21:26:28 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9391
Fix the getpwuid_r() call in the gssd daemon so that it handles
the ERANGE error return case. Without this fix, authentication
of users for certain system setups could fail unexpectedly.
Revision
9391 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 21:26:01 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9390
Pass a format string to kproc_create() [1] and thus fix the build with
-DBKTR_NEW_MSP34XX_DRIVER and -Wformat-security.
Revision
9389 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 21:25:08 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9388
o Bring in sync decoding the first nfssvc(2) parameter (flags) with
the current definitions location.
o Respect numbers in NFSSVC_* (e.g. NFSSVC_V4ROOTEXPORT).
Revision
9385 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 20:37:23 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9384
Document the fact that an NFSv4 mount against a volume on the same host
can result in a hung NFS server and is not recommended.
This is a content change.
Revision
9383 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 20:36:28 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9382
Isilon reported that sec=krb5p NFS mounts had a problem when m_len == 0
for the last mbuf of the list with an encrypted message. This patch replaces
the KASSERT() with code that handles this case.
Revision
9381 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 20:35:26 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9380
For RTL8211B or later PHYs, enable crossover detection and
auto-correction. This change makes re(4) establish a link with
a system using non-crossover UTP cable.
Revision
9380 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 20:34:47 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9379
introduced SIS_TYPE_83816 but it was not actually set in
driver such that checking against the type was always false.
To detect NS DP83816, driver should have checked silicon revision
register for NS controllers. While here, remove SIS_TYPE_83816 to
not make the similar mistake again.
Revision
9379 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 20:33:14 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9378
Introduce a new option -DNO_ROOT that allows install and distribution
targets to be run without root privilege.
Information about ownership, group, flags, and suid bits are stored in
the file specified by METALOG which defaults to ${DESTDIR}/METALOG.
This file can be used in conjunction with bsdtar or makefs to generate
archives or file system images with correct permissions.
Revision
9377 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 20:27:14 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9376
Add support for good old 8192Hz profiling clock to software PMC.
Add a generic way to call per event allocate / release function.
Revision
9375 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 20:25:24 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9374
Take some improvements from DragonFlyBSD:
- add const where appropriate
- add static where appropriate
- fix a whitespace issues
Revision
9373 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 20:23:52 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9372
Remove all the checks on curthread != NULL with the exception of some MD
trap checks (eg. printtrap()).
Generally this check is not needed anymore, as there is not a legitimate
case where curthread != NULL, after pcpu 0 area has been properly
initialized.
Revision
9372 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 20:22:59 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9371
dup(2): Remove incorrect sentence about getdtablesize().
There are no getdtablesize() bounds on the file descriptor to be duplicated;
it only has to be open. If the RLIMIT_NOFILE rlimit was decreased after
opening the file descriptor, it may be greater than or equal to
getdtablesize() but still valid.
Revision
9371 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 20:22:25 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9370
getdtablesize(2): Describe what this function actually does.
getdtablesize() returns the limit on new file descriptors; this says nothing
about existing descriptors
Revision
9368 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 19:53:27 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9367
EINTR in POSIX sem_*.
Document that sem_wait() can fail with [EINTR].
Programs often do not expect an [EINTR] return from sem_wait() and POSIX
only allows it if the signal was installed without SA_RESTART. The timeout
in sem_timedwait() is absolute so it can be restarted normally.
The old POSIX semaphore implementation did this correctly, unlike the new
umtx one.
Specific to 9-stable: UMTX_ABSTIME does not exist and therefore
sem_timedwait() is erroneously not restarted after a SA_RESTART signal
handler.
It may be desirable to avoid [EINTR] completely, which matches the pthread
functions and is explicitly permitted by POSIX. However, the kernel must
return [EINTR] at least for signals with SA_RESTART clear, otherwise pthread
cancellation will not abort a semaphore wait. In this commit, only restore
the 8.x behaviour which is also permitted by POSIX, as far as possible with
the ABI in 9-stable.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
9365 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 19:50:51 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9364
Include PID in the error message which is printed when the maxproc limit
is exceeded. Improve formatting of the message while here.
Revision
9364 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 19:50:21 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9363
Correct the type for the literal used on the left side of the shift up
to 63 bit positions.
Do not fill the save area and do not set the saved bit in the xstate
bit vector for the state which is not marked as enabled in xsave_mask.
Revision
9357 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 19:39:13 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9356
Do not sent 120 TEST UNIT READY requests on generic NOT READY statuses.
Some failing disks tend to return vendor-specific ASC/ASCQ codes with
NOT READY sense key. It caused extremely long recovery attempts, repeating
these 120 TURs (it takes at least 1 minute) for every I/O request.
Instead of that use default error handling, doing just few retries.
Revision
9352 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 19:32:15 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9351
Add support for getting and setting BBU properties related to battery
relearning. Specifically, add subcommands to mfiutil(8) which allow the
user to set the BBU and autolearn modes when the firmware supports it,
and add a subcommand which kicks off a battery relearn.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
9350 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 16:53:09 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9349
Fix interval-based rotations when the -t flag is used. In this case, find
the most-recently archived logfile and use its mtime to determine whether
or not to rotate, as in the non-timestamped case.
Previously we would just try to use the mtime of <logfile>.0, which always
results in a rotation since it generally doesn't exist in the -t case.
Revision
9349 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 16:52:34 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9348
According to devctl(4), clients must read events whole; they may not piece them
together from multiple reads(). It's as if /dev/devctl is a datagram device
instead of a stream device. However, devd's internal buffer was too small
(1025 bytes) to read an entire ereport.fs.zfs.checksum event (variable, up to
~1300 bytes). This commit enlarges the buffer to 8k.
Revision
9348 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 16:51:12 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9347
sync the version of netmap with the one in FreeBSD HEAD (around releng 10 2013), including device
drivers (mostly simplifying the code in the interrupt handlers).
Revision
9347 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 16:46:41 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9346
Fix examples for overriding INSTALL to not suggest hardcoding
'install' since it breaks buildworld after the introduction and
use of 'install -l' in r245752. Overriding INSTALL causes
/usr/bin/install to be used instead of the proper
/usr/src/tools/install.sh which handles the new flag.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
9346 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 16:46:02 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9345
Fix installkernel requiring users/groups defined in CHECK_UIDS
and CHECK_GIDS to exist since r152680. This is only needed for
installworld. The documented procedure of running mergemaster -p
to check for missing users is only needed for installworld, not
for installkernel. This fixes auditdistd incorrectly being
required for installkernel.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
9345 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 16:45:15 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9344
Make an attempt to detect missing MTREE files in distrib-dirs. Not
perfect, but this is just a developer seatbelt
Revision
9344 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 16:44:42 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9343
Similarly to proc_getargv() and proc_getenvv(), export proc_getauxv()
to be able to reuse the code.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
9343 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 16:44:09 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9342
Re-factor the code to provide kern_proc_filedesc_out(), kern_proc_out(),
and kern_proc_vmmap_out() functions to output process kinfo structures
to sbuf, to make the code reusable.
The functions are going to be used in the coredump routine to store
procstat info in the core program header notes.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
9342 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 16:12:20 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9341
Return a lun count of 1 and a lun id of 0 when CAM attempts a REPORT_LUNS
command on a disk device. This quieseces some noise on the console that
recently appeared.
Revision
9341 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 16:11:48 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9340
Expose CAM_BOOT_DELAY as a kernel conf item now.
This allows users who boot without loader to adjust their environments
around slightly buggy or slow hardware.
Revision
9340 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 16:11:07 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9339
Partially saved extended state must be handled always, i.e. for both
fpu-owned context, and for pcb-saved one. More, the XSAVE could do
partial save, same as XSAVEOPT, so qualifier for the handler should be
use_xsave and not use_xsaveopt.
Since xsave_area_desc is now needed regardless of the XSAVEOPT use,
remove the write-only use_xsaveopt variable.
Revision
9339 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 16:10:30 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9338
The check to ensure that xstate_bv always has XFEATURE_ENABLED_X87 and
XFEATURE_ENABLED_SSE bits set is not needed. CPU correctly handles
any bitmask which is subset of the enabled bits in %XCR0.
More, CPU instructions XSAVE and XSAVEOPT could write the mask without
e.g. XFEATURE_ENABLED_SSE, after the VZEROALL. The check prevents the
restoration of the otherwise valid FPU save area.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
9338 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 16:09:35 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9337
Literally follow POSIX:
If the bs= expr operand is specified and no conversions other than sync,
noerror, or notrunc are requested, the data returned from each input
block shall be written as a separate output block.
Revision
9337 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 16:08:55 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9336
Re-factor coredump routines. For each type of notes an output
function is provided, which is used either to calculate the note size
or output it to sbuf. On the first pass the notes are registered in a
list and the resulting size is found, on the second pass the list is
traversed outputing notes to sbuf. For the sbuf a drain routine is
provided that writes data to a core file.
The main goal of the change is to make coredump to write notes
directly to the core file, without preliminary preparing them all in a
memory buffer. Storing notes in memory is not a problem for the
current, rather small, set of notes we write to the core, but it may
becomes an issue when we start to store procstat notes.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
9336 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 16:08:05 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9335
Add sbuf_start_section() and sbuf_end_section() functions, which can
be used for automatic section alignment.
Document sbuf_start_section() and sbuf_end_section() functions.
Revision
9332 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 16:00:24 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9331
Assert that the object type for the vnode' non-NULL v_object, passed
to vnode_pager_setsize(), is either OBJT_VNODE, or, if vnode was
already reclaimed, OBJT_DEAD.
More, if the object is terminated, do not perform the resizing operation.
Revision
9330 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 15:59:04 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9329
When an NFS unmount occurs, once vflush() writes the last dirty
buffer for the last vnode on the mount back to the server, it
returns. At that point, the code continues with the unmount,
including freeing up the nfs specific part of the mount structure.
It is possible that an nfsiod thread will try to check for an
empty I/O queue in the nfs specific part of the mount structure
after it has been free'd by the unmount. This patch avoids this problem by
setting the iodmount entries for the mount back to NULL while holding the
mutex in the unmount and checking the appropriate entry is non-NULL after
acquiring the mutex in the nfsiod thread.
Obtained from: FreeBSD svn 250258
Revision
9329 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 4 15:58:07 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9328
Both NFS clients can deadlock when using the "rdirplus" mount
option. This can occur when an nfsiod thread that already holds
a buffer lock attempts to acquire a vnode lock on an entry in
the directory (a LOR) when another thread holding the vnode lock
is waiting on an nfsiod thread. This patch avoids the deadlock by disabling
readahead for this case, so the nfsiod threads never do readdirplus.
Since readaheads for directories need the directory offset cookie
from the previous read, they cannot normally happen in parallel.
As such, testing by jhb@ and myself didn't find any performance
degredation when this patch is applied. If there is a case where
this results in a significant performance degradation, mounting
without the "rdirplus" option can be done to re-enable readahead
for directories.
Obtained from: FreeBSD svn 250257
Revision
9326 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Mar 3 00:23:12 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9325
syslogd: Use closefrom() instead of getdtablesize()/close()
loop.
When syslogd forks a process for '|' destinations, it closes all file
descriptors greater than 2.
Use closefrom() for this instead of a getdtablesize()/close() loop because
it is both faster and avoids leaving file descriptors open because the limit
was lowered after they were opened.
Revision
9325 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Mar 3 00:22:38 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9324
Move IPPROTO_IPV6 from #ifdef __BSD_VISIBLE to #if __POSIX_VISIBLE >= 201112
since POSIX 2001 states that it shall be defined.
Revision
9321 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Mar 3 00:19:11 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9320
Allow the vnode to be unlocked for the weird case of
LK_EXCLOTHER. LK_EXCLOTHER is only used to acquire a
usecount on a vnode during NFSv4 recovery from an
expired lease.
Revision
9319 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Mar 3 00:18:01 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9318
When rebooting (exiting) from the BTX loader, make sure to restore the
GDT from the correct segment, otherwise a triple fault would be caused.
In some virtual environments (VMware, VirtualBox, etc) this could lead
to a unhandled error or hang in the guest emulation software.
Thanks to avg and jhb for a few hints in the right direction.
Revision
9318 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Mar 3 00:17:11 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9317
Do not pretend to have autosense data when no such data is available.
Make umass return an error code if SCSI sense retrieval request
has failed. Make sure scsi_error_action honors SF_NO_RETRY and
SF_NO_RECOVERY in all cases, even if it cannot parse sense bytes.
Revision
9317 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Mar 3 00:15:28 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9316
Simplify and fix a bug in cc_ack_received()'s "are we congestion window limited"
logic (refer to [1] for associated discussion). snd_cwnd and snd_wnd are
unsigned long and on 64 bit hosts, min() will truncate them to 32 bits and could
therefore potentially corrupt the result (although under normal operation,
neither variable should legitmately exceed 32 bits).
[1] http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-net/2013-January/034297.html
Obtained from: FreeBSD 250140
Revision
9316 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Mar 3 00:14:29 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9315
Replace all known uses of ln in the build process with appropriate
install -l invocations via new INSTALL_LINK and INSTALL_SYMLINK
variables.
Revision
9315 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Mar 3 00:13:29 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9314
Use the system MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX when running make targets in
mergemaster. This allows bootstrap verions of tools to be used.
Revision
9308 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Mar 2 23:34:51 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9307
MFC r249294:
Use IP6STAT_INC/IP6STAT_DEC macros to update ip6 stats.
MFC r249528,249546:
Add accounting to the source address selection algorithm for cases, when
it fails to select an address, also add several another counters to
the statistics.
MFC r249543,249552:
Replace hardcoded numbers.
MFC r249544:
Use IP6S_M2MMAX macro.
MFC r249545:
Replace hardcoded numbers. Also use interface-local scope name instead
of node-local.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
9306 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Mar 2 23:32:50 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9305
Rewrite origin_subst_one() to get rid of the wrong limit on the length
of the resulting string.
Obtained from: FreeBSD 250040
Revision
9304 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Mar 2 23:30:06 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9303
Move hptmv and mpt drivers shutdown a bit later to the SHUTDOWN_PRI_LAST
stage of shutdown_post_sync. That should allow CAM to do final cache flush
at the SHUTDOWN_PRI_DEFAULT without using polling magic.
Revision
9303 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Mar 2 23:28:54 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9302
mqueue,ksem,shm: Fix race condition with setting UF_EXCLOSE.
POSIX mqueue, compatibility ksem and POSIX shm create a file descriptor that
has close-on-exec set. However, they do this incorrectly, leaving a window
where a thread may fork and exec while the flag has not been set yet. The
race is easily reproduced on a multicore system with one thread doing
shm_open and close and another thread doing posix_spawnp and waitpid.
Set UF_EXCLOSE via falloc()'s flags argument instead. This also simplifies
the code.
Revision
9296 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Mar 2 23:22:37 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9295
This fixes the issue with the "randomly changing" default
route. What it was is there are two places in ip_output.c
where we do a goto again. One place was fine, it
copies out the new address and then resets dst = ro->rt_dst;
But the other place does *not* do that, which means earlier
when we found the gateway, we have dst pointing there
aka dst = ro->rt_gateway is done.. then we do a
goto again.. bam now we clobber the default route.
The fix is just to move the again so we are always
doing dst = &ro->rt_dst; in the again loop.
Revision
9294 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Mar 2 23:17:32 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9293
Create controller-level DMA tag, handling range of supported addresses.
That simplifies logic for channels and gives the bus information about what
device actually allocated the tag.
Obtained from: FreeBSD 249853
Revision
9293 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Mar 2 23:16:46 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9292
Read Asynchronous Notification statuses only if Port Multiplier or ATAPI
device are connected. ATA disks are not using ANs, while the extra register
read operation is quite expensive.
Revision
9292 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Mar 2 23:16:04 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9291
Depending on combination of running commands (NCQ/non-NCQ) try to avoid
extra read from PxCI/PxSACT registers. If only NCQ commands are running, we
don't really need PxCI. If only non-NCQ commands are running we don't need
PxSACT. Mixed set may happen only on controllers with FIS-based switching
when port multiplier is attached, and then we have to read both registers.
Obtained from: FreeBSD 249851
Revision
9284 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Mar 2 23:01:03 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9283
ensure that PCI bus BUS_GET_DMA_TAG method ses the actual device that maeks the request for the dma tag instead of a decendeant. freebsd svn 249723
Revision
9281 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Mar 2 22:57:14 2017 UTC
(7 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9280
add a callback to the ada(4) driver so that it knows when GEOM has released references to it. (freebsd svn 249661)
Revision
9194 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Nov 3 11:36:09 2016 UTC
(7 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9193
Due to improper handling of alert packets, OpenSSL would consume an excessive
amount of CPU time processing undefined alert messages.
Revision
9120 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Oct 2 00:35:31 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9119
When renaming a directory from one parent to another, call ufs_checkpath() to walk from our new location to the root of the file system.
Revision
9119 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Oct 2 00:34:47 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9118
The code in clear_remove() and clear_inodepeps() skips one entry in the pagedep and inodedep hash tables. Fix it. Obtained from: FreeBSD SVN 249597
Revision
9042 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Oct 1 09:57:20 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9041
close race between geom destruction on g_vfs_close when softc destroyed and g_vfs_orpha call that tries to access softc
Revision
9004 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Sep 30 01:37:33 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 9003
add barrier write capability to the VFS buffer interface. it is a disk write request that tells the disk that the buffer being written must be committed to the media before future writes.
Revision
8987 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Sep 30 01:23:04 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8986
Merge several zfs fixes from Illumos and FreeBSD. Sto uninitialized warnings. Merge ZFS I/O deadman thread. This feature panics the system on a hanging zfs. This can be controlled by vfs.zfs.deadman_enabled and vfs.zfs.deadman_synctime. Speedup metaslab_sync.
Revision
8978 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Sep 30 01:10:50 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8977
Add a new LIBRARIES_ONLY make variable to disable the build and install of files other than the actual libraries.
Revision
8972 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Sep 29 17:32:55 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8971
Introduce six new options from NetBSD: -M to log metadata in mtree format. -D destdir for log paths and -h log digest of tyhpe hash with -T tags to see which mtree tags to log. -l linkflag to create a hardlink or symlink and finally -U to install without having root. Also support -N dbdir for alternate passwd and group files.
Revision
8917 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 26 22:53:11 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8916
Ensure that all cases that enqueue a netgraph item for delivery by a ngthread properly set the item depth to 1.
Revision
8916 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 26 22:52:31 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8915
Some aac(4) adapters will always report that a direct access device is offline in response to an INQUIRY command.
Revision
8915 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 26 22:50:22 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8914
Blacklist the bridge used by VMWare for PCIe devices. MSI-X does not work with ESXi 5.1 for intel 82576 due to a bug in the hypervisor.
Revision
8912 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 26 22:46:54 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8911
Make tables, device ID strings etc const. Use NULL instead of 0. do not bzero redundantly. Remove softc members not used. do not use RF_SHAREABLE on MSI.
Revision
8900 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 26 22:36:32 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8899
mxge(4): remove vestigal null pointer tests. use strlcpy. Check the mac address more strictly. Remove buffer limit check.
Revision
8896 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 26 22:34:09 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8895
improve devd startup time, by tweaking some string handling routines that are heavily used when parsing config files.
Revision
8879 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 26 22:21:54 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8878
Improve BPF locking model. Improve performance for writer only BPF users. Fix several panics. make most BPF ioctls SMP safe. Obtained from: FreeBSD svn 247629
Revision
8873 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 26 13:20:01 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8872
compute the correct size to reallocate when doubling teh size of the array of loaded objects to avoid a buffer overrun.
Revision
8872 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 26 13:19:28 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8871
dont attempt to use clflush on the local APIC register window. Various CPUs exhibit bad behavior if this is done (Intel errata AAJ3
Revision
8861 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 26 13:05:44 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8860
add an option to not drop options from the third retransmitted SYN. if the SYNs are dropped due to network congestion, then the remote end of the connection may act as if options such as window scaling are enabled but the local end with think they are not. This is not on by default.
Revision
8860 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 26 13:04:34 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8859
more properly handle interrupted NFS requests on an interruptible mount by rewturning an error of EINTER rather than EACCESS.
Revision
8845 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 26 04:12:38 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8844
add optional entropy harvesting for software interrupts in swi_sched as controlled by kern.random.sys/harvest.swi
Revision
8843 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 26 04:11:25 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8842
denote pci-e endpoints that support FLR. Make parsing of PCI-e extended capabilities assume that future version numbers are backward compatible. add new AER error descriptions.
Revision
8842 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 26 04:10:34 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8841
Fix a bunch of ZFS issues. zpool create/syseventd race yield non-importable pool. first write to new zvol can fail with EFBIG. Type change in refcount.h vendor zfs fix for arc_read. fix panic in arc_read, add tunable to allow block allocation on degraded vdevs. SA rounding, header size and lyout fix. fix rounding issues. merge zfs_ioctl.c code that was never commited from ZFS v28.
Revision
8839 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 26 04:05:53 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8838
ignore stop adn continue signals sent to an existing process. stop signals set p_xstat to the sign that triggered
Revision
8806 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 26 03:31:35 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8805
Work around a race condition in devfs by changing the way closes are handled in CAM drivers that arent part of GEOM disk classes.
Revision
8797 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 26 03:25:36 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8796
stop translating the ERRESTART error from the open(2) into EINTR. Posix requires that open(2) is restartable for SA_RESTART.
Revision
8776 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 26 02:59:39 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8775
Rework jumbo frame handling. QAC confirmed that the controller requires 8 bytes alignment on RX buffer. Given that non-jumbo frame works on any alignment I guess this DMA limitation for RX buffer could be jumbo frame specific one
Revision
8766 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 26 02:45:08 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8765
The current ZFS code expects ddt_zap_count to alays succeed by asserting the underlying zap_count to return no errors.
Revision
8763 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 26 02:43:05 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8762
Backup FATs were sometimes marked dirty by copying their first block from the primary FAT, and then not marked clean. Force them to be clean
Revision
8745 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 26 02:27:18 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8744
Fix panic in CTL caused by trying to free invalid pointers passed by the userland process via the IOCTL interface.
Revision
8722 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 25 22:33:17 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8721
arithmetic on points takes into account the size of the type. properly cast the pointer to avoid scaling issues.
Revision
8702 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 25 22:16:23 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8701
when growing a filesystem, do not leave unused spaace at the end if there is not enough room for a full cylinder group
Revision
8690 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 25 22:08:20 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8689
add checks for Intel metadata version and attributes. Ingnore disks with unsupported metadata types like Intel smart response.
Revision
8686 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 25 22:06:01 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8685
Add support for Intel Raid Recover Technology (Intel RRT). Its similar to RAID1 but you have a dedicated recover disk and manual control over syncing.
Revision
8685 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 25 22:04:51 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8684
For promise/amd metadata add support for disks with capacity above 2TiB and for volumes with sector size above 512 bytes.
Revision
8672 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 25 20:39:45 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8671
fix handling of the case when multipel patterns are specified in a single command line argument separated by newlines
Revision
8666 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 25 20:32:40 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8665
disable the reallocation code. testing with fsx has revealed problems and in order to hunt the bugs reduce complexity.
Revision
8658 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 25 20:06:12 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8657
simplify vm code by using vmspace_wired_count and reduce kerel size by removing unneccesary pointer indirections. improve readability of sys_obreak and get rid of unused function vmspace_wired_count
Revision
8656 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 25 20:04:29 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8655
blk_equals() is too strict. if the journal entry defines more frags than we claim it should still be considered an exact mmatch.
Revision
8639 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 25 18:17:36 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8638
do not round up the size of the UFS filesystem to the fragment size when comparing tis size with the size of the media to determine if the last block is unused.
Revision
8634 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 25 18:12:51 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8633
it stops treating the address on the interface as pspecial by source address selection rule even when the interface is outgoing interface.
Revision
8615 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 25 17:43:11 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8614
fix locked memory accounting with MAP_WIREFUTRE flag. add sysctl vm.old_mlock to turn off accounting. add sysctl to allow unpriv users to call mlock
Revision
8607 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 25 17:31:43 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8606
add yet another flag for the vfs_write_resume_flags to avoid calling suspension cleanup handle after the suspend is lifted
Revision
8594 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Sep 23 17:48:06 2016 UTC
(7 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8593
OpenSSL security patch
A malicious client can send an excessively large OCSP Status Request extension.
If that client continually requests renegotiation, sending a large OCSP Status
Request extension each time, then there will be unbounded memory growth on the
server. [CVE-2016-6304]
An overflow can occur in MDC2_Update() either if called directly or through
the EVP_DigestUpdate() function using MDC2. If an attacker is able to supply
very large amounts of input data after a previous call to EVP_EncryptUpdate()
with a partial block then a length check can overflow resulting in a heap
corruption. [CVE-2016-6303]
If a server uses SHA512 for TLS session ticket HMAC it is vulnerable to a
DoS attack where a malformed ticket will result in an OOB read which will
ultimately crash. [CVE-2016-6302]
The function BN_bn2dec() does not check the return value of BN_div_word().
This can cause an OOB write if an application uses this function with an
overly large BIGNUM. This could be a problem if an overly large certificate
or CRL is printed out from an untrusted source. TLS is not affected because
record limits will reject an oversized certificate before it is parsed.
[CVE-2016-2182]
The function TS_OBJ_print_bio() misuses OBJ_obj2txt(): the return value is
the total length the OID text representation would use and not the amount
of data written. This will result in OOB reads when large OIDs are presented.
[CVE-2016-2180]
Some calculations of limits in OpenSSL have used undefined pointer arithmetic.
This could cause problems with some malloc implementations. [CVE-2016-2177]
Operations in the DSA signing algorithm should run in constant time in order to
avoid side channel attacks. A flaw in the OpenSSL DSA implementation means that
a non-constant time codepath is followed for certain operations. [CVE-2016-2178]
In a DTLS connection where handshake messages are delivered out-of-order those
messages that OpenSSL is not yet ready to process will be buffered for later
use. Under certain circumstances, a flaw in the logic means that those messages
do not get removed from the buffer even though the handshake has been completed.
An attacker could force up to approx. 15 messages to remain in the buffer when
they are no longer required. These messages will be cleared when the DTLS
connection is closed. The default maximum size for a message is 100k. Therefore
the attacker could force an additional 1500k to be consumed per connection.
[CVE-2016-2179]
A flaw in the DTLS replay attack protection mechanism means that records that
arrive for future epochs update the replay protection "window" before the MAC
for the record has been validated. This could be exploited by an attacker by
sending a record for the next epoch (which does not have to decrypt or have a
valid MAC), with a very large sequence number. This means that all subsequent
legitimate packets are dropped causing a denial of service for a specific
DTLS connection. [CVE-2016-2181]
In OpenSSL 1.0.2 and earlier some missing message length checks can result in
OOB reads of up to 2 bytes beyond an allocated buffer. There is a theoretical
DoS risk but this has not been observed in practice on common platforms.
[CVE-2016-6306]
Revision
8471 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 18 22:25:22 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8470
add two new options to the nfssvc(2) syscall that allow processes running as root to suspend and resume execution of nfsd
Revision
8431 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 18 21:14:25 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8430
Kernel and modules have "set_vnet" linker set, where virtualized
global variables are placed. When a module is loaded by link_elf
linker its variables from "set_vnet" linker set are copied to the
kernel "set_vnet" ("modspace") and all references to these variables
inside the module are relocated accordingly.
The issue is when a module is loaded that has references to global
variables from another, previously loaded module: these references are
not relocated so an invalid address is used when the module tries to
access the variable. The example is V_layer3_chain, defined in ipfw
module and accessed from ipfw_nat.
The same issue is with DPCPU variables, which use "set_pcpu" linker
set.
Fix this making the link_elf linker on a module load recognize
"external" DPCPU/VNET variables defined in the previously loaded
modules and relocate them accordingly. For this set_pcpu_list and
set_vnet_list are used, where the addresses of modules' "set_pcpu" and
"set_vnet" linker sets are stored.
Note, archs that use link_elf_obj (amd64) were not affected by this
issue.
Obtained from: FreeBSD 243308
Revision
8410 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 18 20:24:57 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8409
Initial import of FreeBSD boot loader rework from 9.2 release.
userboot 2
todo: add more midnightbsd partition type handling.
Obtained from: FreeBSD svn 243243
Revision
8394 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 18 19:23:58 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8393
only for specific ata pio commands transfer several sectors per DRQ block. All others transfer one sector or 512 bytes at one time.
Revision
8391 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 18 19:21:59 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8390
Remove the tid from the software table (and bump down the in-use
counter) when the syncache doesn't want the driver to reply to an
incoming SYN. This fixes a harmless bug where tids_in_use would
go out of sync with the hardware counter.
Make sure the inp hasn't been dropped before trying to access its socket
and tcpcb.
Revision
8382 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 18 19:16:15 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8381
make geom raid more aggressive in marking volumes as clean on shutdown and move that action from shutdown_pre_sync to shutdown_post_sync.
Revision
8349 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 18 18:21:55 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8348
make graid command line a bit more friendly by allowing volume name or provider name to be specified instead of geom name
Revision
8346 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 18 18:17:48 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8345
cleanup docs. eliminate code checking if found IPv6 rte is dymanic. IPv6 redirects are using ND based approach described in RFC 4861.
Revision
8343 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 18 18:14:37 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8342
do not check if found IPv4 rte is dynamic if net.inet.icmp.drop_redirect is enabled. This eliminates one mtx_lock() per each routing lookup thus improving performance in several caes. Icmp redirects should not be used to provide routing direction nowadays, even for end hosts. Routers shoudl not use them too as RFC 4861 restricts it. Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
8251 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Sep 17 21:35:14 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8250
Add explicit check for not set time inside cam_periph_freeze_after_event().
System time is set later on boot process then initial bus scan by CAM.
Until that moment microtime() is equal to microuptime(), and if system
boots quickly, the value can be close to zero. That causes settle time
waiting even for buses that don't use reset during probe.
On my test system this reduces boot time by 1 second if USB enabled, or
by 4 seconds if USB disabled. CAM waited for ctl2cam0 bus "settle".
Revision
8238 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Sep 17 21:30:04 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8237
Always provide sndbuf and MSS values in a flowc command, even when the
driver is going to abort the connection right after the flowc.
Revision
8235 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Sep 17 21:27:46 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8234
touch: Add the -d option from POSIX.1-2008.
This is much like -t but with a different format which is ISO8601-like and
allows fractions of a second.
The precision is limited to microseconds because of utimes() and friends,
even though stat() returns nanoseconds.
Revision
8231 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Sep 17 20:34:06 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8230
It turns out that as documented, PCF8563_R_SECOND_VL (i.e. battery low)
doesn't automatically clear when VDD rises above Vlow again and needs to be
cleared manually. However, apparently this needs all of the time registers
to be set, i.e. pcf8563_settime(), and not just PCF8563_R_SECOND in order
for PCF8563_R_SECOND_VL to stick. Thus, we just issue a warning during
pcf8563_attach() rather than failing with ENXIO in case it is set.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
8227 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Sep 17 20:30:48 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8226
Increase device CCB queue array size by CAM_RL_VALUES - 1 (4) elements.
It is required to store extra recovery requests in case of bus resets.
On ATA/SATA this fixes assertion panics on HEAD with INVARIANTS enabled or
possible memory corruptions otherwise if timeout/reset happens when device
CCB queue is already full.
Revision
8226 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Sep 17 20:30:17 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8225
Cast vendor-specific spell on VIA VT1818S codecs alike to VT1708S to
make analog input loopback and dual-stream playback work by enabling
signal mixing by nid 22, as it should be according to info returned by
the CODEC. Otherwise pin nid 28 receives only signal from DAC nid 16.
Revision
8201 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Sep 17 15:47:42 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8200
Using putenv() and later direct pointer contents modification it is possibe
to craft environment variables with similar names like that:
a=1
a=2
...
unsetenv("a") should remove them all to make later getenv("a") impossible.
Fix it to do so (this is GNU autoconf test #3 failure too).
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
8192 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Sep 17 15:39:36 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8191
There is a complex race in in_pcblookup_hash() and in_pcblookup_group().
Both functions need to obtain lock on the found PCB, and they can't do
classic inter-lock with the PCB hash lock, due to lock order reversal.
To keep the PCB stable, these functions put a reference on it and after PCB
lock is acquired drop it. If the reference was the last one, this means
we've raced with in_pcbfree() and the PCB is no longer valid.
This approach works okay only if we are acquiring writer-lock on the PCB.
In case of reader-lock, the following scenario can happen:
- 2 threads locate pcb, and do in_pcbref() on it.
- These 2 threads drop the inp hash lock.
- Another thread comes to delete pcb via in_pcbfree(), it obtains hash
lock, does in_pcbremlists(), drops hash lock, and runs
in_pcbrele_wlocked(), which doesn't free the pcb due to two references
on it. Then it unlocks the pcb.
- 2 aforementioned threads acquire reader lock on the pcb and run
in_pcbrele_rlocked(). One gets 1 from in_pcbrele_rlocked() and continues,
second gets 0 and considers pcb freed, returns.
- The thread that got 1 continutes working with detached pcb, which later
leads to panic in the underlying protocol level.
To plumb that problem an additional INPCB flag introduced - INP_FREED. We
check for that flag in the in_pcbrele_rlocked() and if it is set, we pretend
that that was the last reference.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
8185 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Sep 17 15:31:55 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8184
Attila Bogar reported a bug in mountd when multiple export
entries with different security flavors are in the exports(5)
file. For that case, mountd replies with the security flavors
of the last entry and not the correct one for the client host.
This patch fixes that by storing separate copies of the flavors
for each host/net case, plus a default one for the case where
no hosts/nets are specified on an entry in the exports(5) file.
Unlike the patch in the PR, it replies with the security flavors
for the entry instead of merging the security flavors for all
the entries and replying with that.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
8183 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Sep 17 02:57:34 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8182
Cleanups and fixes for building firmware modules into a kernel:
- Add common rules for building firmware object files (NORMAL_FW to run
uudecode, and NORMAL_FWO to use ld to build the .fwo file) and use those
instead of explicit ld/uudecode invocations in sys/conf/files. Apart from
increasing readability, this makes it possible to adjust the flags used for
firmware objects in one place.
- Similar to how r171350 fixed linking of kernel modules containing
firmware objects by adding --no-warn-mismatch to the linker flags,
add --no-warn-mismatch when linking firmware objects (*.fwo) as
well as to the link of the main kernel file. This permits firmware
modules to be statically linked into an ia64 kernel.
Revision
8182 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Sep 17 02:56:33 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8181
Refine the changes made in r208212 to avoid bogus failures from
if_delmulti() when clearing the configuration for a subinterface when
the parent interface is being detached. The current code was still
triggering an assertion in if_delmulti() due to the parent interface being
partially detached. Fix this by not calling if_delmulti() at all if the
parent interface is being detached. Warn if if_delmulti() fails when the
parent is not being detached (but similar to 208212, still proceed with
tearing down the vlan state).
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
8181 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Sep 17 02:51:41 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8180
Allow static DMA allocations that allow for enough segments to do page-sized
segments for the entire allocation to use kmem_alloc_attr() to allocate
KVM rather than using kmem_alloc_contig(). This avoids requiring
a single physically contiguous chunk in this case.
Revision
8178 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Sep 17 02:48:38 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8177
Add a -h flag similar to the -h flag for ln to force mv(1) to treat a
symbolic link to a directory for the target as a symbolic link instead of
a directory. This makes it possible to atomically update a symbolic
link using rename().
Revision
8176 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Sep 17 02:46:45 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8175
Attach interrupt handlers during attach instead of during the first time
the interface is brought up. Without this, the boot time interrupt
round-robin assignment does not think the allocated interrupt resources
are active and leaves them assigned to CPU 0.
While here, add descriptive tags to each interrupt handler when MSI-X
is used.
Revision
8166 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Sep 17 02:33:10 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8165
Allow idle threads to steal second threads from other cores on systems with
8 or more cores to improve utilization. None of my tests on 2xXeon (2x6x2)
system shown any slowdown from mentioned "excess thrashing". Same time in
pbzip2 test with number of threads more then number of CPUs I see up to 10%
speedup with SMT disabled and up 5% with SMT enabled. Thinking about
trashing I was trying to limit that stealing within same last level cache,
but got only worse results. Present code any way prefers to steal threads
from topologically closer cores.
Revision
8165 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Sep 17 02:31:00 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8164
Some minor tunings/cleanups inspired by bde@ after previous commits:
- remove extra dynamic variable initializations;
- restore (4BSD) and implement (ULE) hogticks variable setting;
- make sched_rr_interval() more tolerant to options;
- restore (4BSD) and implement (ULE) kern.sched.quantum sysctl, a more
user-friendly wrapper for sched_slice;
- tune some sysctl descriptions;
- make some style fixes.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
8164 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Sep 17 02:29:24 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8163
Rework r220198 change (by fabient). I believe it solves the problem from
the wrong direction. Before it, if preemption and end of time slice happen
same time, thread was put to the head of the queue as for only preemption.
It could cause single thread to run for indefinitely long time. r220198
handles it by not clearing TDF_NEEDRESCHED in case of preemption. But that
causes delayed context switch every time preemption happens, even when not
needed.
Solve problem by introducing scheduler-specifoc thread flag TDF_SLICEEND,
set when thread's time slice is over and it should be put to the tail of
queue. Using SW_PREEMPT flag for that purpose as it was before just not
enough informative to work correctly.
On my tests this by 2-3 times reduces run time deviation (improves fairness)
in cases when several threads share one CPU.
Obtained from FreeBSD
Revision
8161 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Sep 17 02:20:13 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8160
sigaction(2),sigwait(2),sigwaitinfo(2): Remove [EFAULT] error
condition.
Passing an invalid pointer results in undefined behaviour.
The wrappers in libthr access some of the data pointed to by the arguments
in userland, so that an invalid pointer will cause a signal and not an
[EFAULT] error return.
Furthermore, if the [EFAULT] error occurs when the kernel is writing, it is
not a proper error in the sense that the call still commits (changing the
signal disposition or accepting the signal).
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
8151 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Sep 16 22:18:59 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8150
Fix an error in setfacl(1) that manifested like this:
# setfacl -m u:trasz:rwx x
# setfacl -m u:root:rwx x
# getfacl x
# file: x
# owner: root
# group: wheel
user::rw-
user:root:rwx
user:trasz:rwx
group::r--
mask::rwx
other::r--
# setfacl -m u:root:rwx x
setfacl: x: acl_calc_mask() failed: Invalid argument
setfacl: x: failed to set ACL mask
For NFSv4 ACLs, this sort of situation would result in duplicated
entries.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
8144 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Sep 16 22:14:07 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8143
- Use pid_t type instead of just int.
- Put arguments for print_syscall_ret() function in proper order.
Bug was introduced in r192025.
- Remove unused variables.
- Fix warnings about comparing signed and unsigned ints.
- Style(9) cleanup.
- Remove unused variables.
- Remove redundant return after err(3) call.
- Fix detaching under some circumstances.
When truss is detaching from very active process it is possible to
hang on waitpid(2) in restore_proc() forever, because
ptrace(PT_SYSCALL) must be called before detaching, to allow the
debugging process to continue execution. Also when truss called with
'-c' argument, it does not print anything after detach, because it
immediately exits from restore_proc().
To fix these two problems make detaching deferred, but then it is
impossible to detach from a process which does not do any system call.
To fix this issue use sigaction(2) instead of signal(3) to disable
SA_RESTART flag for waitpid(2) that makes it non-restartable. Remove
global variable child_pid, because now detaching is handled in context
where child's pid is known.
- Make truss thread-aware.
Revision
8131 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Sep 16 21:47:51 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8130
do not skip two elements of the tid_buffer when reusing the buffer slot. make updates of head and tail pointers explicit
Revision
8125 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Sep 16 21:42:57 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8124
plug the accounting leak for the wired pages when msync(MS_INVALIDATE) is performed ont eh vnode mapping which is wired in other address space. Obtained from: FreeBSD svn 240989
Revision
8111 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Sep 16 20:28:32 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8110
When an MFI command fails, the driver needs to set bio->bio_resid so that
the upper levels notice. Otherwise we see commands silently failing leading
to data corruption. This mirrors dadone()
Submitted by: Andrew Boyer aboyer@averesystems.com
Revision
8087 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Sep 15 22:43:25 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8086
deadfs VOPs for vop_ioctl and vop_bmap call itself recursively, which is an elaborate way to cause kernel panic. change the vops implementation to return EBADF for a reclaimed vnode.
Revision
8079 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Sep 15 22:11:47 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8078
isci(4): Fix SCSI/ATA translation for SCSI_WRITE_BUFFER w/ mode==0x7
(download microcode with offsets, save, and activate).
SATI translation layer was incorrectly using allocation length instead
of blocks, and was constructing the ATA command incorrectly.
Also change #define to specify that the 512 block size here is
specific for DOWNLOAD_MICROCODE, and does not relate to the device's
logical block size.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
8078 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Sep 15 22:10:23 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8077
In soreceive_generic() when checking if the type of mbuf has changed
check it for MT_CONTROL type too, otherwise the assertion
"m->m_type == MT_DATA" below may be triggered by the following scenario:
- the sender sends some data (MT_DATA) and then a file descriptor
(MT_CONTROL);
- the receiver calls recv(2) with a MSG_WAITALL asking for data larger
than the receive buffer (uio_resid > hiwat).
In soreceive_generic() remove the optimization for the case when
MSG_WAITALL is set, and it is possible to do the entire receive
operation at once if we block (resid <= hiwat). Actually it might make
the recv(2) with MSG_WAITALL flag get stuck when there is enough space
in the receiver buffer to satisfy the request but not enough to open
the window closed previously due to the buffer being full.
The issue can be reproduced using the following scenario:
On the sender side do 2 send(2) requests:
1) data of size much smaller than SOBUF_SIZE (e.g. SOBUF_SIZE / 10);
2) data of size equal to SOBUF_SIZE.
On the receiver side do 2 recv(2) requests with MSG_WAITALL flag set:
1) recv() data of SOBUF_SIZE / 10 size;
2) recv() data of SOBUF_SIZE size;
We totally fill the receiver buffer with one SOBUF_SIZE/10 size request
and partial SOBUF_SIZE request. When the first request is processed we
get SOBUF_SIZE/10 free space. It is just enough to receive the rest of
bytes for the second request, and soreceive_generic() blocks in the
part that is a subject of this change waiting for the rest. But the
window was closed when the buffer was filled and to avoid silly window
syndrome it opens only when available space is larger than sb_hiwat/4
or maxseg. So it is stuck and pending data is only sent via TCP window
probes.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
8077 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Sep 15 22:09:15 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8076
When synchronizing, include in the config dump amount of
bytes syncronized.
The rationale behind this is the following: for large disks the
percent synchronisation counter ticks too seldom, and monitoring
software (as well as human operator) can't tell whether
synchronisation goes on or one of disks got stuck. On an idle
server one can look into gstat and see whether synchronisation goes
on or not, but on a busy server that won't work. Also, new value
monitored can be differentiated obtaining the synchronisation speed
quite precisely.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
8068 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Sep 15 21:54:41 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8067
- If the PCIe "SLOT" flag is set, include this in the capability output
- Fix printing of PCIe interrupt number, the shift was incorrect.
Revision
8065 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Sep 15 21:51:28 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8064
add global and per-module sysctls/tunables to enable/disable metadata taste. that should help to handle some cases when disk ahas some RAID metadata that should be ignored.
Revision
8043 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Sep 15 20:52:03 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8042
Fix races between in_lltable_prefix_free(), lla_lookup(),
llentry_free() and arptimer():
o Use callout_init_rw() for lle timeout, this allows us safely
disestablish them.
- This allows us to simplify the arptimer() and make it
race safe.
o Consistently use ifp->if_afdata_lock to lock access to
linked lists in the lle hashes.
o Introduce new lle flag LLE_LINKED, which marks an entry that
is attached to the hash.
- Use LLE_LINKED to avoid double unlinking via consequent
calls to llentry_free().
- Mark lle with LLE_DELETED via |= operation istead of =,
so that other flags won't be lost.
o Make LLE_ADDREF(), LLE_REMREF() and LLE_FREE_LOCKED() more
consistent and provide more informative KASSERTs.
The patch is a collaborative work of all submitters and myself.
Revision
8042 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Sep 15 20:51:01 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8041
The llentry_update() is used only by flowtable and the latter
always passes NULL pointer to it. Thus, code can be simplified
and function renamed to llentry_alloc() to match rtalloc().
Revision
8040 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Sep 15 20:49:28 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8039
When using flowtable llentrys can outlive the interface with
which they're associated at which the lle_tbl pointer points
to freed memory and the llt_free pointer is no longer valid.
Move the free pointer in to the llentry itself and update the
initalization sites.
Revision
8039 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Sep 15 20:48:17 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8038
Implement DT_RUNPATH and -z nodefaultlib.
The ld_library_path_rpath default value was flipped to true,
effectively reverting rtld back to the pre-patch behaviour, unless
LD_LIBRARY_PATH_RPATH environment variable is set and its value is 0/N/n.
Revision
8038 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Sep 15 20:46:20 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8037
If ip_output() returns EMSGSIZE to tcp_output(), then the latter calls
tcp_mtudisc(), which in its turn may call tcp_output(). Under certain
conditions (must admit they are very special) an infinite recursion can
happen.
To avoid recursion we can pass struct route to ip_output() and obtain
correct mtu. This allows us not to use tcp_mtudisc() but call tcp_mss_update()
directly.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
8032 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Sep 15 20:34:15 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8031
Extend GEOM Gate class to handle read I/O requests directly within the kernel.
This will allow HAST to read directly from the local component without
even communicating userland daemon.
Sponsored by: Panzura, http://www.panzura.com
Reorder things in g_gate_create() so at the moment when g_new_geomf()
is called name is properly initialized.
In g_gate_dumpconf() always check the result of g_gate_hold().
This fixes "Negative sc_ref" panic possible when sysctl_kern_geom_confxml()
is run simultaneously with destroying GATE device.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
8018 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Sep 15 20:11:39 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8017
Update cxgbe
Convert some fixed params to tunables
if_iqdrops should include frames truncated within the chip.
Assume INET/INET6 and TCP_OFFLOAD when the driver is built out of tree.
Fix some buffer sizes.
Revision
8014 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Sep 15 09:02:47 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8013
do not requeue held page or page for which locking failed, just leave them alone. process the act_count updates for the held pages in the vm_pageout loop over the inactive queue, instead of refusing to do anything. clarify the intent of the addl_page_shortage counter
Revision
8012 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Sep 15 09:00:56 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8011
do not restart scan of the inacive queue when non-inactive page is found. Rather, we shall not find such pages on inactive queue at all. Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
8011 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Sep 15 09:00:03 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 8010
drop page queues mutex on each iteration of vm_pageout_scan over the inactive queue, unless busy page is found. Avoid vm page queues lock leak.
Revision
7972 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Sep 15 08:10:51 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7971
In tcp timers, check INP_DROPPED flag a little later, after
callout_deactivate(), so if INP_DROPPED is set we return with the
timer active flag cleared.
For me this fixes negative keep timer values reported by `netstat -x'
for connections in CLOSE state.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
7971 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Sep 15 08:10:01 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7970
In epair_clone_destroy(), when destroying the second half, we have to
switch to its vnet before calling ether_ifdetach(). Otherwise if the
second half resides in a different vnet, if_detach() silently fails
leaving a stale pointer in V_ifnet list, and the system crashes trying
to access this pointer later.
Another solution could be not to allow to destroy epair unless both
ends are in the home vnet.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
7954 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 22:35:01 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7953
Make the interval timings for EVFILT_TIMER more accurate. tvtohz() always
adds an extra tick to account for the current partial clock tick. However,
that is not appropriate for a repeating timer when the exact tvtohz() value
should be used for subsequent intervals. Fix repeating callouts for
EVFILT_TIMER by subtracting 1 tick from the tvtohz() result similar to the
fix used in realitexpire() for interval timers.
While here, update a few comments to note that if the EVFILT_TIMER code
were to move out of kern_event.c, it should move to kern_time.c (where the
interval timer code it mimics lives) rather than kern_timeout.c.
Obtained from: FreeBSD svn rev 239915
Revision
7953 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 22:23:25 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7952
Add a clts() wrapper around the 'clts' instruction to <machine/cpufunc.h>
on x86 and use that to implement stop_emulating() in the fpu/npx code.
Reimplement start_emulating() in the non-XEN case by using load_cr0() and
rcr0() instead of the 'lmsw' and 'smsw' instructions. Intel explicitly
discourages the use of 'lmsw' and 'smsw' on 80386 and later processors in
the description of these instructions in Volume 2 of the ADM.
Obtained from: FreeBSD svn rev 239914
Revision
7951 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 22:18:44 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7950
Put struct ostat and struct nstat under #ifdef _KERNEL. The
compatibility definitions are only needed for implementation of the
syscalls, they cause namespace pollution and are not useful for
applications.
Revision
7943 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 21:53:46 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7942
Partially revert r217515 so that the mem_range_softc variable is always
present on x86 kernels. This fixes the build of kernels that include
'device acpi' but do not include 'device mem'.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
7942 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 21:49:46 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7941
Several fixes to the amd64 disassembler:
- Decode the 'xsave', 'xrstor', 'xsaveopt', 'xgetbv', 'xsetbv', and
'rdtscp' instructions.
- Add generic support for opcodes that are escape bytes used for
multi-byte opcodes (such as the 0x0f prefix). Use this to replace
the hard-coded 0x0f special case and add support for three-byte
opcodes that use the 0x0f38 prefix.
- Decode all Intel VMX instructions. invept and invvpid in particular are
three-byte opcodes that use the 0x0f38 escape prefix.
- Rework how the special 'SDEP' size flag works such that the default
instruction name (i_name) is the instruction when the data size
prefix (0x66) is not specified, and the alternate name in i_extra is
used when the prefix is included.
- Add a new 'ADEP' size flag similar to 'SDEP' except that it chooses
between i_name and i_extra based on the address size prefix (0x67).
Use this to fix the decoding for jrcxz vs jecxz which is determined
by the address size prefix, not the operand size prefix. Also, jcxz
is not possible in 64-bit mode, but jrcxz is the default instruction
for that opcode.
- Add support for handling instructions that have a mandatory 'rep'
prefix (this means not outputting the 'repe ' prefix until determining
if it is used as part of an opcode). Make 'pause' less of a special
case this way.
- Decode 'cmpxchg16b' and 'cdqe' which are variants of other instructions
but with a REX.W prefix.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
7940 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 21:42:08 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7939
Fix panics triggered by older mfiutil binaries run on the new mfi(4) driver.
The new driver changed the size of the mfi_dcmd_frame structure in such a
way that a MFI_IOC_PASSTHRU ioctl from an old amd64 binary is treated as an
MFI_IOC_PASSTHRU32 ioctl in the new driver. As a result, the user pointer
is treated as the buffer length. mfi_user_command() doesn't have a bounds
check on the buffer length, so it passes a really big value to malloc()
which panics when it tries to exhaust the kmem_map. Fix this two ways:
- Only honor MFI_IOC_PASSTHRU32 if the binary has the SV_ILP32 flag set,
otherwise treat it as an unknown ioctl.
- Add a bounds check on the buffer length passed by the user. For now
it fails any user attempts to use a buffer larger than 1MB.
While here, fix a few other nits:
- Remove an unnecessary check for a NULL return from malloc(M_WAITOK).
- Use the ENOTTY errno for invalid ioctl commands instead of ENOENT.
Revision
7936 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 21:17:23 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7935
Remember that I'm using length-defined strings in parameters:
Remove a bogus null terminator when stripping the netmask from
IP addresses. This was causing later addresses in a comma-separated
string to disappear.
Use memcpy instead of strcpy. This could just cause Bad Things.
Pre-separate IP addresses passed on the command line, so they can be
properly parsed for interface prefixes and netmask suffixes. This was
already done for the old-style (fixed) command line, but missed for
the new-style.
Partially roll back r239601 - keep parameter strings both length-delimited
and null-terminated at the same time, because they're later passed to
libjail as null-terminated. That means I also need to add a nul byte when
comma-combining array parameters.
Obtained from FreeBSD
Revision
7930 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 21:09:43 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7929
Extend the KPI to lock and unlock f_offset member of struct file. It
now fully encapsulates all accesses to f_offset, and extends f_offset
locking to other consumers that need it, in particular, to lseek() and
variants of getdirentries().
Revision
7925 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 20:52:11 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7924
Add vn_io_fault(), which is a facility to prevent page faults while
filesystems perform copyin/copyout of the file data into the usermode
buffer.
obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
7924 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 20:43:02 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7923
Add a rangelock implementation, intended to be used to range-locking
the i/o regions of the vnode data space. The implementation is quite
simple-minded, it uses the list of the lock requests, ordered by
arrival time. Each request may be for read or for write. The
implementation is fair FIFO.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
7920 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 20:04:33 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7919
Don't return an error if a kld does not contain any modules (e.g. a
kld that only contained a sysctl). The kernel linker allows such
modules, so the boot loader should not reject them.
Revision
7917 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 19:48:34 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7916
Refine the implementation of POSIX_FADV_NOREUSE to perform
POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED requests on the currently accessed portion of the
file on each read(2) or write(2) rather than using direct I/O. This
gives much better performance including read-ahead and write clustering
similar to normal read(2) and write(2) calls.
If subsequent read(2) and write(2) calls are sequential, then the
POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED requests will cover the entire sequentially-accessed
range.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
7916 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 19:47:16 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7915
- Change back "d_ofs" to int8_t to not pessimize padding and size of "struct puc_cfg".
- Use "puc_config_moxa" for Moxa boards that need d_ofs greater than 0x7f
Revision
7915 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 19:45:51 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7914
Fix "unexpected operator" error when passed multi-word first-argument
containing whitespace. Also make other changes to support multi-word
arguments.
Revision
7914 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 19:42:07 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7913
Provide some compat32 shims for sysctl vfs.conflist. It is required
for getvfsbyname(3) operation when called from 32bit process, and
getvfsbyname(3) is used by recent bsdtar import.
Revision
7909 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 19:24:17 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7908
Fix/add support for SCSI UNMAP to ATA DSM translation.
This addresses kernel panic observed when sending SCSI UNMAP
commands to SATA disks attached to isci(4).
1) Flesh out callback routines to allocate/free buffers needed for
translating SCSI UNMAP data to ATA DSM data.
2) Add controller-level pool for storing buffers previously allocated
for UNMAP translation, to lessen chance of no buffer available
under memory pressure.
3) Ensure driver properly handles case where buffer pool is empty
and contigmalloc returns NULL.
4) Clear freeze bit in isci_remote_device_release_lun_queue() before
calling xpt_release_devq to ensure that any ccbs which immediately
start during the call to xpt_release_devq() see an accurate picture
of the frozen_lun_mask. This code path is extensively exercised
when tagged read/write commands mix with non-tagged DSM commands.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
7899 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 18:59:20 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7898
Add a sysctl kern.pid_max, which limits the maximum pid the system is
allowed to allocate, and corresponding tunable with the same
name. Note that existing processes with higher pids are left intact.
Revision
7896 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 18:53:28 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7895
Add a hackish debugging facility to provide a bit of information about
reason for generated trap. The dump of basic signal information and 8
bytes of the faulting instruction are printed on the controlling
terminal of the process, if the machdep.uprintf_signal syscal is
enabled.
Revision
7895 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 18:52:10 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7894
Real hardware, as opposed to QEMU, does not allow to have a call gate
in long mode which transfers control to 32bit code segment. Unbreak
the lcall $7,$0 implementation on amd64 by putting the 64bit user code
segment' selector into call gate, and execute the 64bit trampoline
which converts the return frame into 32bit format and switches back to
32bit mode for executing int $0x80 trampoline.
Revision
7894 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 18:50:08 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7893
For old mmap syscall, when executing on amd64 or ia64, enforce the
PROT_EXEC if prot is non-zero, process is 32bit and
kern.elf32.i386_read_exec syscal is enabled.
Revision
7891 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 18:39:16 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7890
Implement the old mmap syscall for compat32, when COMPAT_43 option is
enabled. The syscall is used by FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 dynamic linker.
Revision
7890 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 18:38:19 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7889
Adjust the r205536, by allowing a non-zero offset for anonymous
mappings for a.out binaries. Apparently, a.out ld.so from FreeBSD
1.1.5.1 can issue such requests.
Fix a bug with memguard(9) on 32-bit architectures without a
VM_KMEM_MAX_SIZE.
The code was not taking into account the size of the kernel_map, which
the kmem_map is allocated from, so it could produce a sub-map size too
large to fit. The simplest solution is to ignore VM_KMEM_MAX entirely
and base the memguard map's size off the kernel_map's size, since this
is always relevant and always smaller.
Revision
7889 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 16:57:47 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7888
fsck_ffs shall accept the configured journal size, and not refuse to
operate on it if journal size is greater then SUJ_MAX. The later
constant is only to select maximal journal size when user did not
specified size explicitely.
Revision
7885 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 16:53:17 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7884
Bump dtrace_helper_actions_max from 32 to 128
Dave Pacheco from Joyent (and Dtrace.org) bumped the cap to 1024 but,
according to his blog, 128 is the recommended minimum.
For now bump it safely to 128 although we may have to bump it further
if there is demand in the future.
Revision
7872 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 16:24:32 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7871
Pospone the DF_1_NODELETE processing until object DAG is
fully loaded.
Trying to up the reference from the load loop risks missing
dependencies that have not been loaded yet.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
7868 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 16:19:37 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7867
Add IPPROTO_MPLS (rfc4023) IP protocol definition
There are currently no in-tree consumers; I'm adding it now for use by
vendor code. This matches the change OpenBSD made while implementing
MPLS in gif(4).
Obtained from: FreeBSD/OpenBSD
Revision
7864 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 16:15:09 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7863
Implement SIOCGIFMEDIA for if_tap(4)
Appease certain if_tap(4) consumers by providing simulated Ethernet
media status.
DragonFly commit 70d9a675bf5441cc854a843ead702d08928c37f3
Obtained from: DragonFly
Revision
7861 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 16:11:16 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7860
Make the addition of the d_gone binary compatible. This allows
storage drivers compiled for 9.0 to work on 9.1 and preserves the ABI
for disks.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
7857 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 16:05:04 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7856
Add rmb() to tsc_read_##x to enforce serialization of rdtsc captures.
Intel Architecture Manual specifies that rdtsc instruction is not serialized,
so without this change, TSC synchronization test would periodically fail,
resulting in use of HPET timecounter instead of TSC-low. This caused
severe performance degradation (40-50%) when running high IO/s workloads due to
HPET MMIO reads and GEOM stat collection.
Tests on Xeon E5-2600 (Sandy Bridge) 8C systems were seeing TSC synchronization
fail approximately 20% of the time.
Obtained from: FreeBSD 9 stable svn rev 283910
Revision
7844 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 14 15:37:26 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7843
revert to old behavior of allocating table/table entries using M_NOWAIT. Use M_NOWAIT while hoding the pf giant lock. Obtained from: FreeBSD SVN 238600
Revision
7836 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 7 01:07:25 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7835
Fix a crash in tcp_input(), that happens when mbuf has a fwd_tag on it,
but later after processing and freeing the tag, we need to jump back again
to the findpcb label. Since the fwd_tag pointer wasn't NULL we tried to
process and free the tag for second time.
Revision
7825 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 7 00:01:22 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7824
Don't call bus_dmamap_load in CAM_DIR_NONE case, since there is nothing
to map, and technically this isn't allowed.
Functionally, it works OK (at least on x86) to call bus_dmamap_load with
a NULL data pointer and zero length, so this is primarily for correctness
and consistency with other drivers.
While here, remove check in isci_io_request_construct for nseg==0.
Previously, bus_dmamap_load would pass nseg==1, even for case where
buffer is NULL and length = 0, which allowed CAM_DIR_NONE CCBs
to get processed. This check is not correct though, and needed to be
removed both for the changes elsewhere in this patch, as well as jeff's
preliminary bus_dmamap_load_ccb patch (which uncovered all of this in
the first place).
Obtained from: FreeBSD SVN 244128
Revision
7820 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Sep 6 23:50:03 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7819
Illumos 13879:4eac7a87eff2
3329 spa_sync() spends 10-20% of its time in spa_free_sync_cb()
3330 space_seg_t should have its own kmem_cache
3331 deferred frees should happen after sync_pass 1
3335 make SYNC_PASS_* constants tunable
New loader-only tunables:
vfs.zfs.sync_pass_deferred_free
vfs.zfs.sync_pass_dont_compress
vfs.zfs.sync_pass_rewrite
References:
https://www.illumos.org/issues/3329
https://www.illumos.org/issues/3330
https://www.illumos.org/issues/3331
https://www.illumos.org/issues/3335
Import the zio nop-write improvement from Illumos. To reduce I/O,
nop-write omits overwriting data if the checksum (cryptographically
secure) of new data matches the checksum of existing data.
It also saves space if snapshots are in use.
It currently works only on datasets with enabled compression, disabled
deduplication and sha256 checksums.
IllumOS 13887:196932ec9e6a and 13888:7204b3392a58
3236 zio nop-write
References:
https://www.illumos.org/issues/3236
Add loader(8) tunable to enable/disable nopwrite functionality:
vfs.zfs.nopwrite_enabled
Introduce a new dataset aclmode setting "restricted" to protect ACL's
being destroyed or corrupted by a drive-by chmod.
illumos-gate 13889:a67716f16746
3254 add support in zfs for aclmode=restricted
Update manpage dates in zfs.8 and zpool.8
Revision
7811 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Sep 6 23:20:50 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7810
work around issues with Samsung 840 pro drives. It reports SATA async notification but returns errors on attemps to use it. Now this error is reported but not fatal.
Revision
7807 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Sep 6 03:22:22 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7806
These probes are most useful when looking into the structures
they provide, which are listed in io.d. For example:
dtrace -n 'io:kernel::start { printf("%d\n", args[0]->bio_bcount); }'
Note that the I/O systems in FreeBSD and Solaris/Illumos are sufficiently
different that there is not a 1:1 mapping from scripts that work
with one to the other.
This commit includes the fix so that our probes use "kernel"
instead of the Solaris specific "genunix"
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
7804 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Sep 6 02:56:10 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7803
In pget(9), if PGET_NOTWEXIT flag is not specified, also search the
zombie list for the pid. This allows several kern.proc sysctls to
report useful information for zombies.
Hold the allproc_lock around all searches instead of relocking it.
Remove private pfind_locked() from the new nfs client code.
Look for zombie process only if we were given process id.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
7800 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 5 19:36:58 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7799
ext2fs fix
While a file is first being written, the dynamic block reallocation realocates t
he file's blocks so as to cluster them together into a contiguous set of blocks
on the disk.
When the cluster crosses the boundary into the first indirect block, the first i
ndirect block is initially allocated in a position immediately following the las
t direct block. Block reallocation would usually destroy locality by moving the
indirect block of the way to keep the data blocks contiguous.
Obtained from: FreeBSD svn 243913
Revision
7799 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 5 19:33:01 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7798
Schedule garbage collection run for the in-flight rights passed over the unix domain sockets to the next tick, coalescing the serial calls until the collection fires.
Obtained from: FreeBSD svn 243851
Revision
7798 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 5 19:27:25 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7797
Add a special meaning to the negative ticks argument for taskqueue_enqueue_timeout. do not ream the callout if it is already armed and the ticks is negative. otherwise rearm it to fire in abs(ticks) ticks in the future.
Obtained from: FreeBSD svn rev 243850
Revision
7796 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 5 17:05:41 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7795
use the generic SCSI commmand building function for JBOD and Thunderbolt disk write commands. Fix dumping on Thunderbolt cards. allow raw disk attachment to CAM via hw.mfi.allow_cam_disk_passthrough=1 Fix aborting of commands. Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
7795 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 5 17:03:08 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7794
for mfi, build SCSI command properly so that we do not send 10 byte READ/write commands which cause data corruption when device has more than 2^32 sectors. Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
7782 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 5 16:20:48 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7781
Add a resource limit for the total number of kqueues
available to the user. Kqueue now saves the ucred of the
allocating thread, to correctly decrement the counter on close.
Based on FreeBSD SVN 256849
Revision
7775 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 4 21:08:27 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7774
Not all Pmake derived makes quietly tolerate assignment from shell commands
with no output. Add "echo" at the end these shell commands whose output is
assigned to a variable's value to ensure there is some output.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
7774 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 4 21:06:44 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7773
amd64: use -mno-omit-leaf-frame-pointer in addition to -fno-omit-frame-pointer
... in kernel builds. This is to make behavior of clang consistent with
behavior of gcc.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
7762 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Aug 24 17:06:12 2016 UTC
(8 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7759
change default password hash algorithm for new accounts to sha512 from blowfish. There was a recent issue discovered with openvpn traffic with algorithms using 64 bit block sizes such as blf. Better safe than sorry. FreeBSD is now using this format in 10.3.
Revision
7759 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Aug 21 15:05:28 2016 UTC
(8 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7758
temporarily switch over to freebsd implementation until we can fix the sensors framework issues. This also fixes sensors on newer chips
Revision
7755 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Aug 21 04:33:53 2016 UTC
(8 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7754
Catch known CPUs before using IA32_TEMPERATURE_TARGET.
This way we would have an opportunity to hide the
Tj(target) value doesn't seem right stuff if we know
it's not working there.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
7754 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Aug 21 04:32:09 2016 UTC
(8 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7753
Improve cputemp(4) driver wrt newer Intel processors, especially
Xeon 5500/5600 series:
- Utilize IA32_TEMPERATURE_TARGET, a.k.a. Tj(target) in place
of Tj(max) when a sane value is available, as documented
in Intel whitepaper "CPU Monitoring With DTS/PECI"; (By sane
value we mean 70C - 100C for now);
- Print the probe results when booting verbose;
- Replace cpu_mask with cpu_stepping;
- Use CPUID_* macros instead of rolling our own.
Obtained from: FreeBSD SVN 210624
Revision
7726 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Aug 12 17:06:40 2016 UTC
(8 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7725
handle null case for owner/group/mode and also allow data to be empty string if a command like @owner with no params is used
Revision
7678 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Aug 7 06:17:10 2016 UTC
(8 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7677
move installed event back where it goes. there is a postexec event anyway., migrate to a serial queue for asset list
Revision
7673 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Aug 7 03:35:54 2016 UTC
(8 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7672
use a tailq rather than a select intermixed with inserts. this will limit possible issues since we are using the same connection to the db
Revision
7667 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Aug 7 00:49:25 2016 UTC
(8 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7666
add AMD hudson 2, Intel Lynx Point, JMicron JMB360 & 362, Marven 88SE91Ax 88SE9215 and HighPoint RocketRaid 640L, 642L, 644L
Revision
7661 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Aug 6 19:10:35 2016 UTC
(8 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7660
add logging to syslog when a package fails to install. Refactor several parts of do_actual_install into their own functions. Add error handling for sample files.
Revision
7626 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue May 31 22:44:27 2016 UTC
(8 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7625
fix upgrades so that we do not continuously try to recreate tables during mport operations. This fixes some errors as well as speeds up some operations
Revision
7615 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue May 31 20:36:32 2016 UTC
(8 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7614
CVE-2015-2304
The cpio(1) tool from the libarchive(3) bundle is vulnerable to a directory
traversal problem via absolute paths in an archive file.
Revision
7553 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu May 19 12:27:03 2016 UTC
(8 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7548
The atkbd(4) driver, together with the atkbdc(4) driver, provides access
to the AT 84 keyboard or the AT enhanced keyboard which is connected to
the AT keyboard controller. The driver is required for the console driver
syscons(4) or vt(4). The driver exposes its own ioctl(2) interface to allow
it to be configured from userland through the kbdcontrol(1) utility.
Incorrect signedness comparison in the ioctl(2) handler allows a malicious
local user to overwrite a portion of the kernel memory.
A local user may crash the kernel, read a portion of kernel memory and
execute arbitrary code in kernel context. The result of executing an
arbitrary kernel code is privilege escalation.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
7547 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu May 5 07:54:23 2016 UTC
(8 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7545
OpenSSL security patch
The padding check in AES-NI CBC MAC was rewritten to be in constant time
by making sure that always the same bytes are read and compared against
either the MAC or padding bytes. But it no longer checked that there was
enough data to have both the MAC and padding bytes. [CVE-2016-2107]
An overflow can occur in the EVP_EncodeUpdate() function which is used for
Base64 encoding of binary data. [CVE-2016-2105]
An overflow can occur in the EVP_EncryptUpdate() function, however it is
believed that there can be no overflows in internal code due to this problem.
[CVE-2016-2106]
When ASN.1 data is read from a BIO using functions such as d2i_CMS_bio()
a short invalid encoding can casuse allocation of large amounts of memory
potentially consuming excessive resources or exhausting memory.
[CVE-2016-2109]
Revision
7525 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Apr 14 11:32:56 2016 UTC
(8 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7524
Fill sin6_scope_id in sockaddr_in6 before passing it from the kernel to
userland via routing socket or sysctl. This eliminates the following
KAME-specific sin6_scope_id handling routine from each userland utility:
sin6.sin6_scope_id = ntohs(*(u_int16_t *)&sin6.sin6_addr.s6_addr[2]);
This behavior can be controlled by net.inet6.ip6.deembed_scopeid. This is
set to 1 by default (sin6_scope_id will be filled in the kernel).
Obtained from: FreeBSD svn rev 243187
Revision
7512 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Apr 9 21:01:24 2016 UTC
(8 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7511
fix path issue on deletes by catching absolute paths and storing them properly in the master database. This should help with verify as well.
Revision
7501 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Apr 3 15:46:50 2016 UTC
(8 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7500
Fix jail name checking that disallowed anything that starts with '0'. The intention was to just limit leading zeros on numeric names. That check is now imporved to allow catching the leading spaces and + that strtoul can pass through.
Obained from: FreeBSD rev 292277
Revision
7490 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 20 22:18:45 2016 UTC
(8 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7489
Replace access to /dev/random with kernel pseudo random number source KERN_ARND and remove fallback.
POSIX requires rand(3) return values in the 0 to rand max range, but ACM formula we have intranl state in the range 1, 0x7fffffffe so our rand max value is never reached (zero as well)
Make this POSIX friendly.
Don't overflow on big seeds.
Obtained from: FreeBSD 9 stable.
Revision
7474 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 19 00:07:45 2016 UTC
(8 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7473
The SUSv4tcl requires that pthread_setcancelstate() shall not be a cancellation point. When enabling cancellation, only process the pending cancellatinos for async mode.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
7469 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Mar 17 12:46:04 2016 UTC
(8 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7467
Incorrect argument validation in sysarch(2)
A special combination of sysarch(2) arguments, specify a request to
uninstall a set of descriptors from the LDT. The start descriptor
is cleared and the number of descriptors are provided. Due to invalid
use of a signed intermediate value in the bounds checking during argument
validity verification, unbound zero'ing of the process LDT and adjacent
memory can be initiated from usermode.
Obtained from: FreeBSD.
Revision
7467 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Mar 17 12:34:11 2016 UTC
(8 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7462
OpenSSH doesn't have the luck of the Irish.
Fix a security issue with OpenSSH X11 forwarding that can allow an attacker
run shell commands on the call to xauth.
Revision
7462 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Mar 10 14:08:20 2016 UTC
(8 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7461
Security patch OpenSSL for DROWN
A cross-protocol attack was discovered that could lead to decryption of TLS
sessions by using a server supporting SSLv2 and EXPORT cipher suites as a
Bleichenbacher RSA padding oracle. Note that traffic between clients and
non-vulnerable servers can be decrypted provided another server supporting
SSLv2 and EXPORT ciphers (even with a different protocol such as SMTP, IMAP
or POP3) shares the RSA keys of the non-vulnerable server. This vulnerability
is known as DROWN. [CVE-2016-0800]
A double free bug was discovered when OpenSSL parses malformed DSA private
keys and could lead to a DoS attack or memory corruption for applications that
receive DSA private keys from untrusted sources. This scenario is considered
rare. [CVE-2016-0705]
The SRP user database lookup method SRP_VBASE_get_by_user had confusing memory
management semantics; the returned pointer was sometimes newly allocated, and
sometimes owned by the callee. The calling code has no way of distinguishing
these two cases. [CVE-2016-0798]
In the BN_hex2bn function, the number of hex digits is calculated using an int
value |i|. Later |bn_expand| is called with a value of |i * 4|. For large
values of |i| this can result in |bn_expand| not allocating any memory because
|i * 4| is negative. This can leave the internal BIGNUM data field as NULL
leading to a subsequent NULL pointer dereference. For very large values of
|i|, the calculation |i * 4| could be a positive value smaller than |i|. In
this case memory is allocated to the internal BIGNUM data field, but it is
insufficiently sized leading to heap corruption. A similar issue exists in
BN_dec2bn. This could have security consequences if BN_hex2bn/BN_dec2bn is
ever called by user applications with very large untrusted hex/dec data. This
is anticipated to be a rare occurrence. [CVE-2016-0797]
The internal |fmtstr| function used in processing a "%s" formatted string in
the BIO_*printf functions could overflow while calculating the length of
a string and cause an out-of-bounds read when printing very long strings.
[CVE-2016-0799]
A side-channel attack was found which makes use of cache-bank conflicts on the
Intel Sandy-Bridge microarchitecture which could lead to the recovery of RSA
keys. [CVE-2016-0702]
s2_srvr.c did not enforce that clear-key-length is 0 for non-export ciphers.
If clear-key bytes are present for these ciphers, they displace encrypted-key
bytes. [CVE-2016-0703]
s2_srvr.c overwrites the wrong bytes in the master key when applying
Bleichenbacher protection for export cipher suites. [CVE-2016-0704]
Obtained from: OpenSSL & FreeBSD
Revision
7447 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Feb 22 13:05:11 2016 UTC
(8 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7446
Introduce pipe2 to linux emulation layer.
Based on an earlier FreeBSD patch by Jung-uk Kim. (jkim@freebsd.org)
We don't have the dtrace changes in this code like freebsd 9.2 has.
Revision
7441 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Feb 3 05:38:00 2016 UTC
(8 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7438
A programming error in the Linux compatibility layer could cause the
issetugid(2) system call to return incorrect information.
Revision
7438 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jan 30 17:58:54 2016 UTC
(8 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7437
OpenSSL CVE-2015-3197
A malicious client can negotiate SSLv2 ciphers that have been disabled on
the server and complete SSLv2 handshakes even if all SSLv2 ciphers have
been disabled, provided that the SSLv2 protocol was not also disabled via
SSL_OP_NO_SSLv2.
Revision
7435 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jan 23 20:06:39 2016 UTC
(8 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7433
use sync for now as the pointer is getting messed up and we need to refactor this. stops crash with CONFLICTS in package
Revision
7421 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Jan 14 13:42:09 2016 UTC
(8 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7419
A lack of proper input checks in the ICMPv6 processing in the SCTP stack
can lead to either a failed kernel assertion or to a NULL pointer
dereference. In either case, a kernel panic will follow.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
7419 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Jan 14 13:14:41 2016 UTC
(8 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7418
TCP MD5 signature denial of service
A programming error in processing a TCP connection with both TCP_MD5SIG
and TCP_NOOPT socket options may lead to kernel crash.
Revision
7361 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Nov 16 03:09:21 2015 UTC
(8 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7360
during an update with a bad hash verification, try to unlink the file. If we cant tell the user to delete it manually.
Revision
7355 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Nov 1 19:03:22 2015 UTC
(8 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7354
double the max socket queue length by default to 256. this is still quite low for servers, but even desktops are running many apps that communicate with sockets.
Revision
7337 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 30 13:10:39 2015 UTC
(8 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7335
In rpcbind(8), netbuf structures are copied directly, which would result in
two netbuf structures that reference to one shared address buffer. When one
of the two netbuf structures is freed, access to the other netbuf structure
would result in an undefined result that may crash the rpcbind(8) daemon.
Revision
7313 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Sep 26 17:45:27 2015 UTC
(8 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7312
Initial implementation of pre exec/unexec and post exec/unexec for plists
Historically we've run @exec and @unexec inline. While this is still supported, we're now refactoring to allow steps before
and after package runs.
@preexec and @postexec fire on install and updates
@preunexec and @postunexec fire on deletes. (and updates when removing)
Revision
7305 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Sep 17 12:46:44 2015 UTC
(9 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7303
Fix kqueue write events for files > 2GB
Due to the use of int's for file offsets in the VOP_WRITE_(PRE|POST)
macros, kqueue write events for files greater 2GB where never fired.
This caused tail -f on a file greater 2GB to never see updates.
Obtained from: FreeBSD svn revision 287886
Revision
7273 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Aug 25 22:08:49 2015 UTC
(9 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7271
A programming error in the privileged monitor process of the sshd(8)
service may allow the username of an already-authenticated user to be
overwritten by the unprivileged child process.
A use-after-free error in the privileged monitor process of he sshd(8)
service may be deterministically triggered by the actions of a
compromised unprivileged child process.
A use-after-free error in the session multiplexing code in the sshd(8)
service may result in unintended termination of the connection.
Revision
7271 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Aug 25 21:48:04 2015 UTC
(9 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7269
fix a security issue on amd64 where the GS segment CPU register can be changed via userland value in kernel mode by using an IRET with #SS or #NP exceptions.
Revision
7194 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Jul 29 00:35:21 2015 UTC
(9 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7192
Fix two OpenSSH security issues:
CVE-2014-2653 and CVE-2015-5600
Attackers can bypass MaxAuthTries and brute force passwords. Clients will
not properly validate DNS SSHFP records that offer a certificate. (rarely used)
Revision
7191 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Jul 29 00:30:12 2015 UTC
(9 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7190
TCP Resassemly resource exhaustion bug:
There is a mistake with the introduction of VNET, which converted the
global limit on the number of segments that could belong to reassembly
queues into a per-VNET limit. Because mbufs are allocated from a
global pool, in the presence of a sufficient number of VNETs, the
total number of mbufs attached to reassembly queues can grow to the
total number of mbufs in the system, at which point all network
traffic would cease.
Obtained from: FreeBSD 8
Revision
7140 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jul 25 19:03:20 2015 UTC
(9 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7139
Bring in reallocarray(3) from OpenBSD CURRENT.
The reallocarray() function is similar to realloc() except it operates on nmemb members of size size and checks for integer overflow in the calculation nmemb * size.
Revision
7127 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Jul 22 15:02:23 2015 UTC
(9 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7123
Fix a bug where TCP connections transitioning to LAST_ACK
state can get stuck. This can result in a denial of service.
Revision
7091 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Jul 15 11:07:03 2015 UTC
(9 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7090
add register/unregister functions for shells and wire in. Now @shell will include a shell in /etc/shells automatically!
Revision
7089 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Jul 15 01:28:03 2015 UTC
(9 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7088
reimplement mport_copy_file to use C code rather than system() cp to improve performance. Also, modify mport to create a copy of .sample files without the file extension if there isnt already a file. This is often used for config files and it helps the user get a default
Revision
7029 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jun 14 18:02:34 2015 UTC
(9 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7028
Add support for locking and unlocking packages to libmport. This will allow a user to block update or delete operations on packages
Revision
7008 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri May 22 22:50:06 2015 UTC
(9 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 7003
Disable ACPI and P4TCC throttling by default. Power consumption is not the intended purpose of P4TCC and it is rarely good at doing so.
Revision
6995 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Apr 18 18:10:02 2015 UTC
(9 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 6993
add preliminary support for sample files aka @sample in the plist. This currently only installs the sample file, but eventually will do some additional steps.
Revision
6992 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Apr 8 01:28:07 2015 UTC
(9 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 6991
The Neighbor Discover Protocol allows a local router to advertise a
suggested Current Hop Limit value of a link, which will replace
Current Hop Limit on an interface connected to the link on the MidnightBSD
system.
Revision
6949 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Nov 14 01:31:50 2014 UTC
(9 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 6948
print out something if the package does not exist in the index. This can happen if a newer blessed magus run does not contain a package due to removal or failure.
Revision
6947 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Nov 12 13:20:55 2014 UTC
(9 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 6946
if we cant find the package in the index, its probably not currently available in the package system. mention that to the user
Revision
6910 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Oct 31 23:57:23 2014 UTC
(9 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 6908
save and free pw_class like all other char members of struct passwd. This fixes "login_getclass: unknown class" errors.
Revision
6886 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Oct 21 22:34:00 2014 UTC
(9 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 6885
Mention security patches. Note this list is not the same as 0.5 because of the different OpenSSL version in progress.
Revision
6885 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Oct 21 22:32:29 2014 UTC
(9 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 6884
The namei facility will leak a small amount of kernel memory every
time a sandboxed process looks up a nonexistent path name.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
6884 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Oct 21 22:30:33 2014 UTC
(9 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 6883
The input path in routed(8) will accept queries from any source and
attempt to answer them. However, the output path assumes that the
destination address for the response is on a directly connected
network.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
6883 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Oct 21 22:29:37 2014 UTC
(9 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 6882
Due to a missing length check in the code that handles DNS parameters,
a malformed router advertisement message can result in a stack buffer
overflow in rtsold(8).
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
6846 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Oct 10 12:37:45 2014 UTC
(9 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 6845
only set permissions on a real file and not a symlink. this was causing an error condition and a failed install. while here, fix ASSET_DIR so that it is handled like dirrm
Revision
6787 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 28 14:08:57 2014 UTC
(9 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 6786
depending on MK_BMAKE flag, turn on netbsd make or freebsd make. If bmake is on, install freebsd make as fmake
Revision
6778 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 21 17:47:19 2014 UTC
(10 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 6777
add CPE column to mport bundles and the master list. bump the MPORT database version to 3 as well as the bundle version
Revision
6768 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Sep 16 23:42:27 2014 UTC
(10 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 6766
20140916:
Fix a security issue with TCP SYN.
When a segment with the SYN flag for an already existing connection arrives,
the TCP stack tears down the connection, bypassing a check that the
sequence number in the segment is in the expected window.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
6754 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Sep 9 23:14:38 2014 UTC
(10 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 6750
Security update for openssl.
The receipt of a specifically crafted DTLS handshake message may cause OpenSSL
to consume large amounts of memory. [CVE-2014-3506]
The receipt of a specifically crafted DTLS packet could cause OpenSSL to leak
memory. [CVE-2014-3507]
A flaw in OBJ_obj2txt may cause pretty printing functions such as
X509_name_oneline, X509_name_print_ex et al. to leak some information from
the stack. [CVE-2014-3508]
OpenSSL DTLS clients enabling anonymous (EC)DH ciphersuites are subject to
a denial of service attack. [CVE-2014-3510]
Revision
6713 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Jul 10 12:18:18 2014 UTC
(10 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 6712
Fix a security vulnerability in the control message API.
Buffer is not properly cleared before sharing with userland.
Revision
6620 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 22 15:11:25 2014 UTC
(10 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 6619
For gstat, allow users to run as non root. Also, remove giant lock from devstat
del props for cvs2svn:cvs-rev
Revision
6614 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 1 20:47:31 2014 UTC
(10 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 6613
n _pthread_kill(), if passed pthread is current thread, do not send
the signal second time, by adding the missed else before if statement.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
6609 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 1 18:32:34 2014 UTC
(10 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 6606
Change formatting for regular list and updates list to use consistent spacing. it is easier to read. Also, fix a bug with update detection that was causing os version checking to be incorrect
Revision
6605 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Jan 23 00:12:59 2014 UTC
(10 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 6604
increase maximum username size to 32 characters. This is already the case for utmpx.h. This improves compatibility with samba and active directory domains as they include DOMAIN/username
Revision
6598 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Jan 15 00:41:44 2014 UTC
(10 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 6597
fix a bug in bsnmpd
The bsnmpd(8) daemon is prone to a stack-based buffer-overflow when it
has received a specifically crafted GETBULK PDU request.
Revision
6490 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Dec 15 05:57:46 2013 UTC
(10 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 6489
Create os_release in packages of the master database to indicate what os_release the installed package is for.
This is important because we may be upgrading from 0.4 to 0.5. We want to be able to indicate to the user that we have old packages or force upgrade functionality on them.
Revision
6054 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Nov 29 22:01:59 2013 UTC
(10 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 6053
gettext is incompatible with our implementation due to an optimization. Import a patch from FreeBSD Current to resolve this issue
Revision
6043 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Oct 4 11:36:04 2013 UTC
(10 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 6042
- Add IFT_L2VLAN (vlan(4)) support.
- Add a -P option to support PID files. When -a is specified
/var/run/rarpd.pid is used by default, and when an interface is
specified /var/run/rarpd.<ifname>.pid is used by default.
Obtained from: FreeBSD 9.2-RELEASE
Revision
6027 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 8 15:37:43 2013 UTC
(11 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 6026
Some of these definitions were moved into the contrib directory as a patch to groff.
Others are missing and needed to be updated here.
Revision
6026 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 8 15:31:53 2013 UTC
(11 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 6025
update list of symbols for man pages. Include newer MidnightBSD, FreeBSD, Dragonfly and NetBSD releases. Include newer POSIX and library hints.
Revision
6024 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Sep 7 19:49:51 2013 UTC
(11 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 6023
Introduce new functions:
mport_version() (public) to display bundle version and currently running os.
mport_get_osrelease() (private util) to get the os release from sysctl
Packate stubs now include the OS version the package was created for in the meta table as os_release key. This way, we know what OS version the package was built for. Fetching packages currently relies on a static define in the mport tool and this may go dynamic in the future.
It might be useful to install old packages in newer os versions in some scenarios such as jails.
Also, bump the fetch url to 0.5 for 0.5-CURRENT as we're starting to tinker with the package format. The idea is to assume packages are for old releases if they don't include the meta[os_release] and allow a new mechanism to upgrade all packages for those built on the current release when we do major updates.
Revision
6020 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Aug 29 01:04:23 2013 UTC
(11 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 6018
Increase dirhashreclaimage to 60.
This is the number of seconds to keep items in the cache before they are eligable for removal in low memory situations.
As this only amounts to a few megabytes on most systems, it is not significant memory use and the cache time outweighs the hit in RAM usage.
Revision
6000 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Aug 24 12:31:28 2013 UTC
(11 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5999
move midnightbsd before freebsd because __FreeBSD__ is still set inside gcc. it probably should not be at this point
Revision
5995 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Aug 24 11:55:38 2013 UTC
(11 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5994
revert sendmail 8.14.7 "fix" for AAAA records as it is incompatible with Microsoft DNS servers. A pach is coming in the next relase
Revision
5985 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Aug 22 22:52:03 2013 UTC
(11 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5983
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5984,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5978 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Aug 22 12:35:20 2013 UTC
(11 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5976
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5977,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5973 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Aug 22 12:23:09 2013 UTC
(11 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5971
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5972,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5968 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Aug 22 11:49:37 2013 UTC
(11 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5967
Fix two security vulnerabilities.
Fix an integer overflow in IP_MSFILTER (IP MULTICAST). This could be exploited to read memory by a user process.
When initializing the SCTP state cookie being sent in INIT-ACK chunks,
a buffer allocated from the kernel stack is not completely initialized.
Patches obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
5961 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Aug 14 22:35:48 2013 UTC
(11 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5959
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5960,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5952 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Aug 14 22:11:50 2013 UTC
(11 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5950
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5951,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5949 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Aug 10 21:31:20 2013 UTC
(11 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5946
Implement clearenv(3)
This never made it into the POSIX standards, but it's popular in some Linux circles and POSIX bindings for Fortran 77 require it.
Revision
5946 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jul 28 15:44:17 2013 UTC
(11 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5944
Fix a security vulnerability in nfs server where the incorrect credentials can be used (like root) to access a file.
Revision
5916 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Jun 18 12:32:37 2013 UTC
(11 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5915
Due to insufficient permission checks in the virtual memory system, a
tracing process (such as a debugger) may be able to modify portions of
the traced process's address space to which the traced process itself
does not have write access.
This error can be exploited to allow unauthorized modification of an
arbitrary file to which the attacker has read access, but not write
access. Depending on the file and the nature of the modifications,
this can result in privilege escalation.
To exploit this vulnerability, an attacker must be able to run
arbitrary code with user privileges on the target system.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
5879 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Apr 29 22:28:19 2013 UTC
(11 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5878
Fix a security vulnerability in nfsserver which can allow clients who send malformed requests (readdir) with a file as the path can corrupt memory or do other nasty things.
Fix obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
5853 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Apr 2 22:43:24 2013 UTC
(11 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5852
There is a security hole in bind that allows an attacker to consume all memory. Turn of regex to work around the issue.
Revision
5841 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 17 23:54:17 2013 UTC
(11 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5840
accept optional version parameter to mport_install. This allows users to remove ambiguity with ports like ruby or tcl.
Revision
5822 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Mar 6 00:52:13 2013 UTC
(11 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5820
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5821,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5792 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Feb 16 00:17:42 2013 UTC
(11 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5790
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5791,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5786 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Feb 11 22:57:59 2013 UTC
(11 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5784
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5785,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5750 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Jan 30 01:45:02 2013 UTC
(11 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5748
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5749,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5744 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Jan 30 01:30:15 2013 UTC
(11 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5742
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5743,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5724 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Jan 25 13:50:38 2013 UTC
(11 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5722
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5723,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5699 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Jan 22 13:42:07 2013 UTC
(11 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5697
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5698,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5694 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Jan 22 12:54:14 2013 UTC
(11 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5692
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5693,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5664 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Jan 11 00:35:31 2013 UTC
(11 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5663
add hast account to master.password. enable ipv6 rules in firewall configuration.
fixup tty entries per platform.
periodic fixes.
Revision
5526 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Dec 31 07:46:38 2012 UTC
(11 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5524
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5525,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5438 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Dec 16 18:53:27 2012 UTC
(11 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5436
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5437,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5397 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Nov 29 12:58:16 2012 UTC
(11 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5396
Modernize build environment.
temporarily disable mpt utility until build issue is resolved.
sync ppp, nghook, service, services_mkdb with freebsd 9
Revision
5324 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Oct 31 19:18:08 2012 UTC
(11 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5322
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5323,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5239 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Oct 12 03:28:53 2012 UTC
(11 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5238
Remove several old usb and network devices that predate the current network and usb stacks. Sync up linux and pf
Revision
5235 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Oct 12 01:53:53 2012 UTC
(11 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5234
Update several kernel modules with the new kernel environment.
Drop ancient modules as we've changed net and ata
Revision
5187 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 2 19:26:23 2012 UTC
(12 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5186
Detect bad exit status properly and return an MPORT style error. Most of the calls think this is returning MPORT_OK and it wasn't
Revision
5162 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Aug 26 13:20:15 2012 UTC
(12 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5161
When a file has multiple links to it, don't delete it and print a warning. -f will override this and delete the file anyway with no warning.
Revision
5136 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Aug 25 19:46:56 2012 UTC
(12 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5135
Add pwait(1), a utility to wait before running a process.
This is similar to the utility from Solaris 8+. Great for things like rc.subr's wait for pids or interactive use.
Also clarify size contraints with uuidgen(1).
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
5130 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Aug 19 15:33:36 2012 UTC
(12 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5128
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5129,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5128 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Aug 19 14:37:22 2012 UTC
(12 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5126
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5127,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5125 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Aug 19 14:06:15 2012 UTC
(12 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5123
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5124,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5123 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Aug 19 14:05:10 2012 UTC
(12 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5122
Update build environment to support llvm + clang, remove choice on threading library.. we're only going to use libthr now. Try to fix cross builds. This will still fail on perl at the moment.
Revision
5122 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Aug 19 13:55:16 2012 UTC
(12 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5120
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5121,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5118 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Aug 18 22:48:33 2012 UTC
(12 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5116
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5117,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5116 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Aug 18 22:41:08 2012 UTC
(12 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5114
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5115,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5114 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Aug 18 22:38:06 2012 UTC
(12 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5112
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5113,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5111 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Aug 18 20:34:58 2012 UTC
(12 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5109
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5110,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5109 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Aug 18 20:29:39 2012 UTC
(12 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5107
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5108,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5104 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Aug 12 13:55:45 2012 UTC
(12 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5102
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5103,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5076 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jul 21 15:17:36 2012 UTC
(12 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5074
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5075,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5074 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jul 21 15:10:07 2012 UTC
(12 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5072
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5073,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5072 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jul 21 14:45:45 2012 UTC
(12 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5070
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5071,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5070 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jul 21 14:35:28 2012 UTC
(12 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5068
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5069,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5064 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Jul 20 02:40:53 2012 UTC
(12 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5063
Drop objformat. It's always returning elf anyway. Supposedly gnu configure scripts can handle it's absense now.
Revision
5063 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Jul 20 02:38:35 2012 UTC
(12 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5061
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5062,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5055 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Jul 20 01:57:19 2012 UTC
(12 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5053
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5054,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5050 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Jul 19 03:43:22 2012 UTC
(12 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5048
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5049,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5047 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Jul 19 03:07:01 2012 UTC
(12 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5045
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5046,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5045 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Jul 19 02:29:45 2012 UTC
(12 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5043
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5044,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5043 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Jul 19 02:27:26 2012 UTC
(12 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5041
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5042,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5029 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jul 8 16:12:19 2012 UTC
(12 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5027
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5028,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
5016 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Jul 6 12:23:11 2012 UTC
(12 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 5013
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5015,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
4995 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Jul 4 15:52:56 2012 UTC
(12 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4993
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r4994,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
4993 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Jul 4 15:51:20 2012 UTC
(12 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4992
Add a copy of the GPLv3 license. We're bringing in a GPLv3 app so might as well warn people.
All GPLv3 commits MUST be approved by me (laffer1@)
Revision
4989 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Jul 4 14:11:43 2012 UTC
(12 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4987
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r4988,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
4884 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu May 3 17:40:43 2012 UTC
(12 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4883
OpenSSL failes to clear the bytes used as block cipher padding in SSL 3.0
records when operating as a client or a server that accept SSL 3.0
handshakes. As a result, in each record, up to 15 bytes of uninitialized
memory may be sent, encrypted, to the SSL peer. This could include
sensitive contents of previously freed memory. [CVE-2011-4576]
OpenSSL support for handshake restarts for server gated cryptograpy (SGC)
can be used in a denial-of-service attack. [CVE-2011-4619]
If an application uses OpenSSL's certificate policy checking when
verifying X509 certificates, by enabling the X509_V_FLAG_POLICY_CHECK
flag, a policy check failure can lead to a double-free. [CVE-2011-4109]
A weakness in the OpenSSL PKCS #7 code can be exploited using
Bleichenbacher's attack on PKCS #1 v1.5 RSA padding also known as the
million message attack (MMA). [CVE-2012-0884]
The asn1_d2i_read_bio() function, used by the d2i_*_bio and d2i_*_fp
functions, in OpenSSL contains multiple integer errors that can cause
memory corruption when parsing encoded ASN.1 data. This error can occur
on systems that parse untrusted ASN.1 data, such as X.509 certificates
or RSA public keys. [CVE-2012-2110]
Revision
4874 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Apr 12 12:18:51 2012 UTC
(12 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4873
Moderize the code and document it's conformance (or lack thereof) with POSIX.
Obtained from: FreeBSD 10-CURRENT
Revision
4840 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Apr 10 22:17:18 2012 UTC
(12 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4838
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r4839,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
4827 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Apr 9 22:11:25 2012 UTC
(12 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4826
expose symbols identically to FreeBSD 7.x. This allows us to maintain binary compatibility with early releases.
Revision
4826 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Apr 9 16:38:24 2012 UTC
(12 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4825
Change how tmpfs calculates available pages.
This stops a lot of problems with ZFS enabled and small swap sizes.
Obtained from: FreeBSD (svn 227802)
Revision
4817 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Apr 8 14:24:04 2012 UTC
(12 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4816
remove client side libatm. It's been commented out for awhile and we removed the kernel piece recently.
Tag several libraries.
Revision
4809 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Apr 7 15:15:03 2012 UTC
(12 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4807
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r4808,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
4806 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Apr 6 12:37:53 2012 UTC
(12 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4805
Mark zfs module dependant on opensolaris module which gives the former visibility of the latter's symbols. This should fix the zfs won't load problem
Revision
4797 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Apr 2 16:22:51 2012 UTC
(12 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4796
Implement a minimum version check for kernel modules. When built, the midnightbsd version is used as a baseline version (__MidnightBSD_version)
This is based on a patch / idea from John Baldwin.
Revision
4789 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Apr 1 05:53:04 2012 UTC
(12 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4788
add opensolaris code hack.
remove cxgbe from include path. This was a botched merge.
add some dtrace stuff in prep for that feature.
Revision
4778 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Apr 1 01:42:33 2012 UTC
(12 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4777
revert some changes to pthread.h and dirent.h
fixup symbols for libc and add fcntl / __fcntl interface.
remove some of the solaris src hacks for zfs.
Revision
4777 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 31 22:45:30 2012 UTC
(12 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4776
Add PDJ's fstest regression suite for file systems.
it's designed for UFS and ZFS, but can be potentially used for other platforms and file systems.
Revision
4776 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 31 17:05:11 2012 UTC
(12 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4775
Bring in several improvements from OpenSolaris for dtrace, zfs, etc.
Add kernel code for kernel lock manager for nfs, vfs and vm improvements and general compatibility with the recent network stack changes.
Bring in several improvements and bugfixes from FreeBSD 7.1
Tag $MidnightBSD$
Revision
4774 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 31 16:59:45 2012 UTC
(12 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4773
Temporarily disable zfs module until we can get it working again.
Sync coda file systems with upcoming changes.
Revision
4773 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 31 16:58:05 2012 UTC
(12 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4772
Rework "disk" so we expose sector sizes.
Hack gmirror and gstripe to expose stripe sizes.
Get vol to print drive indentifier.
Rework the linux lvm "name" lookup logic.
Revision
4768 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 31 02:57:26 2012 UTC
(12 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4767
introduce common crc32 functions in libkern for use in the kernel. use a faster version that should improve iscsi performance.
Revision
4767 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 31 02:44:21 2012 UTC
(12 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4766
init arc4_i and arc4_j to 0 after key mixing as recommended by draft-kaukonen-cipher-arcfour-03.txt (3.1.5)
Obtained from: OpenBSD, FreeBSD.
Revision
4758 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Mar 28 04:40:29 2012 UTC
(12 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4756
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r4757,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
4753 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Mar 28 04:28:11 2012 UTC
(12 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4751
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r4752,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
4744 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 24 21:30:06 2012 UTC
(12 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4743
Connect age(4) to the build.
Remove harp as it's not mpsafe.
Remove idt because it hasn't been useful since at least 0.3-CURRENT.
Add new ipfw_nat module and prepare for kernel lock manager for nfs w/ rpc.
Also connect uslcom module which we added to the kernel recently.
Revision
4737 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Mar 23 20:48:40 2012 UTC
(12 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4736
Major feature merge from FreeBSD 7.1
Introduce FIB (Forward Routing Base) aka multiple routing tables to MidnightBSD. This is the kernel piece with userland to follow later.
As part of this work, changes had to be made to the vm subsystem, rwlocks introduced, changes to sleep queues, and modifications to the pf firewall.
Effectively this gives us most of the functionality of the FreeBSD 7.1 network stack including tcp offload.
Revision
4723 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Mar 16 02:02:53 2012 UTC
(12 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4722
Fix several issues with unionfs including access via threads, including devfs and and sockets on a md with a unionfs mount.
Revision
4721 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Mar 15 12:06:20 2012 UTC
(12 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4720
avoid 256 integer divisions per rc4_init call. Replace it with using an index variable.
Speeds up almost by 2x and helps with VPN software performance.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
4707 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Mar 12 23:11:17 2012 UTC
(12 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4706
Add partial support for Intel Turbo Boost technology on newer i5/i7 and Xeons.
ACPI may report extra level with frequency 1MHz above the nominal to
control Intel Turbo Boost operation. It is not a bug, but feature:
dev.cpu.0.freq_levels: 2934/106000 2933/95000 2800/82000 ...
In this case value 2933 means 2.93GHz, but 2934 means 3.2-3.6GHz.
based on patch by mav @ freebsd
Revision
4703 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 11 02:32:15 2012 UTC
(12 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4702
Bring in userland mutxex support from FreeBSD 7.x. This still requries a userland piece in the threading libraries
Revision
4692 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 10 03:43:55 2012 UTC
(12 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4691
drop isdn.
update coldef, mklocale, monentdef, numericdef, ... locate related stuff
Update syscons keymaps, fonts
Revision
4648 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Feb 19 18:31:09 2012 UTC
(12 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4647
Fix a scheduler problem with AMD CPUs with odd numbers of cores.
Triple core CPUs could freak out on boot prior to this fix.
Revision
4642 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Feb 16 22:44:41 2012 UTC
(12 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4641
make sysctl node static since this is the only place we're allocating them. move sc_puts into syscons.c only.. it's not used anywhere else and make it static. get rid of bogus layering with sccngetch
Revision
4641 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Feb 16 21:19:00 2012 UTC
(12 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4640
revert previous change and make 4BSD the default sechuler on amd64. This is temporary while we investigate some stability issues
Revision
4638 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Feb 12 21:16:00 2012 UTC
(12 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4637
bump MidnightBSD version for support for preinit, init and fini arrays and related chapges to csu and rtld-elf
Revision
4637 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Feb 12 21:14:24 2012 UTC
(12 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4636
Introduce support for preinit, init and fini arrays per the ELF standard.
This patch is based on work by John Marino for DragonFly. This makes us the second BSD to support this feature.
From his comments:
For the main executable file, the .init_array and .fini_array sections
are handled by crt1, just like .init and .fini are. In the case of
a statically linked binary, the .preinit_array section is also handled
by crt1. The real-time linker handles the .init_array and .fini_array
sections for dynamically shared objects (libraries) and .preinit_array
for dynamically-linked binaries. There are no .preinit_array sections
in the DSOs per standard.
These sections are described by the System V Application Binary Interface
http://www.sco.com/developers/gabi/latest/ch4.sheader.html#special_sections
In order for this patch to work, we also introduced several items from NetBSD needed for newer versions of GCC as well as some features used in this patch. (cdefs.h)
Finally, we're also through in manpages for cpu set which is totally unrelated, but an obmission from a previous patch for ULE.
Revision
4632 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Feb 10 02:16:07 2012 UTC
(12 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4630
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r4631,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
4620 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jan 29 20:19:17 2012 UTC
(12 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4619
Include NetBSD, Microsoft, Linux, FreeBSD and Apple partition types. This allows us to see the types when we dump the geom data.
Revision
4610 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Jan 25 04:46:51 2012 UTC
(12 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4609
Get rid of progress bar callback for now. It's just too hard to read the output with this on. If we improve this or add a gui, it might require a revisit.
Revision
4582 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Jan 18 04:09:29 2012 UTC
(12 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4581
Drop documenation target for now.
Explicitly define worlddir and use /usr/rel/dist rather than objdir so we don't get in a circular tar loop. It's nasty.
Revision
4574 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Jan 18 01:24:50 2012 UTC
(12 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4573
Put MidnightBSD in the name of the iso files to make them easier to identify. We'll probably rename these prior to release anyway, (version number) but then again that might get automated.
Revision
4569 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Jan 18 00:40:46 2012 UTC
(12 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4567
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r4568,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
4550 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jan 14 02:59:49 2012 UTC
(12 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4548
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r4549,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
4543 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jan 7 18:37:57 2012 UTC
(12 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4542
From now on, CURRENT will have witness and invariants enabled by default. This slows down performance, but it makes it much easier to catch kernel problems.
Upon creating a release branch, these options should be removed.
Revision
4541 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Jan 5 21:43:36 2012 UTC
(12 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4540
Improve 256 color support.
- Add screen-256color,
- Improve rxvt-256color to set pa and op properly.
- Add rxvt-unicode-256color as an alias to rxvt-256color.
Revision
4540 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Jan 5 21:34:04 2012 UTC
(12 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4539
Some software, notably dialog(1), can understand back-tab, which is typically bound to Shift-Tab. syscons produces ^]]Z for Shift-Tab, like many VT100-like terminal (emulators). The plain xterm does not produce this sequence, but ^I for both Tab and Shift-Tab.
For compatibility with xterm-compatible terminal emulators, adding a kB attribute is desirable.
On the console,
$ dialog --menu foo 20 60 12 a one b two c three
Hitting Shift-Tab exits from dialog.
Reported by Stefan Bethke
Revision
4539 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Jan 5 15:16:58 2012 UTC
(12 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4538
work around a GCC 4.2 bug.
typeof(1.0fi) != float _Complex
typeof((float _Complex)1.0fi) != float _Complex
typeof((float _Complex)1.0i) == float _Complex
In other words: if casting to an equal size, GCC seems to take a
shortcut. By casting down from a double to a float, GCC doesn't take
this shortcut, yielding the proper type.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
4526 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Jan 4 02:14:06 2012 UTC
(12 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4525
Revert some of the recent changes with misc functions in freebsd compatibility. I have no idea what i was thinking before.
Regen syscall table so we don't try to use them.
Revision
4508 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Dec 31 16:59:05 2011 UTC
(12 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4507
Modify kernel elf routines to support ELF NOTES. Specificaly, handle 'MidnightBSD' and 'FreeBSD' notes for now.
This prepares us for binutils changes.
I have not yet modified the linuxolator elf note handling logic. This would be very useful to do.
Revision
4507 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Dec 31 00:34:06 2011 UTC
(12 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4506
fix the problem that the entry broke into two lines with multibyte AM/PM format. obtained from FreeBSD 8-stable
Revision
4501 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Dec 30 02:02:36 2011 UTC
(12 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4500
Get rid of GIANT lock in sensors framework.
I've created a new sensorsdev_lock to protect list operations. More work might be required in the individual sensor drivers (lm, it, amdtemp, etc).
Revision
4488 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Dec 29 02:33:28 2011 UTC
(12 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4487
Regenerate syscall table.
Add flag MPSAFE to sysctl leaf nodes so they don't require GIANT lock. More work is necesary to make things MPSAFE but this could allow for some serious performance benefits.
move some of the legacy bsdi/4.4bsd lite 2 stuff into kern_xxx.c and port some freebsd 7 centric things over for sbuf.
Revision
4466 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Dec 24 05:55:12 2011 UTC
(12 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4464
enable free vec again after explicitly setting pointers to null in the function. This prevents the double free crash bug we saw before.
Revision
4450 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Dec 18 03:41:33 2011 UTC
(12 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4448
Introduce lgpl version of libdialog. Retain old version as libodialog for backward compatibility for a few things that still need it like tzsetup and sade.
Hopefully sysinstall will die soon.
Revision
4435 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Dec 13 03:09:57 2011 UTC
(12 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4433
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r4434,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
4430 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Dec 10 23:00:32 2011 UTC
(12 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4429
Remove freebsd types here for now. We may try to support their schemes in the future as well, but it's not worth it right now.
Revision
4429 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Dec 10 22:55:34 2011 UTC
(12 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4428
create MidnightBSD GPT partition types rather than FreeBSD on i386/amd64. Our sparc port isn't much of anything now, and we're still using the FreeBSD VTOC entries as their hack won't work for us as we don't have an ELFOSABI number.
Revision
4415 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Dec 10 15:46:16 2011 UTC
(12 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4414
Bring in several improvements to GEOM from FreeBSD 7-stable.
Drop PC98 support from GEOM in MidnightBSD. We don't support that architecture and it's not worth the effort to maintain.
raid3, label, journal, eli vinum, and part GEOM classes include several bug fixes related to sanity checking, stripe size, disabling debug printing (label), ...
Revision
4408 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Dec 7 13:40:58 2011 UTC
(12 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4407
Introduce BSD licensed version of grep.
MK_BSD_GREP = yes turns it on as grep, otherwise gnu grep is installed as grep and bsdgrep is bsd licensed grep. In the inverse, gnu grep becomes gnugrep.
For "compatibility", bsdgrep can use the gnu regex library which is also faster, but then it's not purely bsd.
Revision
4405 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Dec 3 18:48:04 2011 UTC
(12 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4404
Don't die if the dist directory is already there on mkdir.
add an rc.local to get into the installer. This WILL change, but it's a nice placeholder.
Revision
4389 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Nov 27 16:54:37 2011 UTC
(12 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4388
Add wake(8), a utility to send a wake on lan packet to another system using the hardware address or hostname entry in ethers(5).
Revision
4385 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Nov 27 03:42:50 2011 UTC
(12 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4384
add memmove and initcpu hacks related to vm_guest/virutalization detection.
turn on the new mii stuff in the base kernel
Revision
4381 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Nov 27 03:39:46 2011 UTC
(12 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4380
Merge several changes from FreeBSD 7-stable.
Introduce virtualization detection. The kernel knows if it's running with VMWar
e, VirtualBox, Parallels, etc and changes the hz level as well as disables MSI a
s appropriate. We will need to drop the loader support for part of this once it
's tested further. This is more general and allows us to make more changes for s
pecail hardware emulation.
Update alc(4), bge(4), mii(4) and cardbus as well as pci. This fixes several pr
oblems with various devices, particularly alc(4) which often had difficulty dete
cting cables were plugged in and DHCP. bge(4) gains support for several newer ch
ips and disables UDP offloading for stability reasons.
We also had to hack zfs so that the kernel memmove can be used now rather than t
he macro bcopy hack.
Revision
4380 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Nov 24 19:34:05 2011 UTC
(12 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4379
add additional controller, use the last part of the serial number on a hard drive for ata array to avoid problems with two serial numbers are similar in a set and a drive is removed. mask disk idx to avoid panic when extra bits are set.
Revision
4370 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Nov 23 12:43:59 2011 UTC
(12 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4369
skel/.shrc: Improve commented CDPATH example for POSIX requirements.
POSIX says an empty entry in CDPATH shall not result in the new directory
being printed, while any non-empty entry shall result in the new directory
being printed, including ".". Therefore, the value of CDPATH should almost
always start with a colon, not dot and colon.
Our sh does not print the name for empty entries as well as "." entries.
Revision
4363 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Nov 22 23:28:05 2011 UTC
(12 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4361
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r4362,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
4361 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Nov 19 17:54:54 2011 UTC
(12 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4360
pthread_cond_timedwait()'s timeout is broken
if the kernel condition variable is used (that means, when it is called
from a thread with realtime priority or with a priority-inherit or
priority-protect mutex; process-shared mutexes and condition variables
do not currently work).
Revision
4348 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Nov 18 00:08:23 2011 UTC
(12 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4346
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r4347,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
4336 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Nov 5 14:15:23 2011 UTC
(12 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4335
The maximum length for a geom label is 15 characters as the struct defines the size as 16. Tell the user the label is too long instead of truncating it!
Revision
4324 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Oct 26 17:17:50 2011 UTC
(12 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4323
Introduce new clean check (-C)
Drop back down to warns 2. There's still one warning left and I'm not sure how to get rid of it yet (fsck only).
Revision
4316 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Oct 26 12:58:13 2011 UTC
(12 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4315
Bump version for the following:
BIND 9.6 ESV R5
mDNSResponder
SSP (stack protector) enabled for userland and kernel.
GPT boot
Revision
4312 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Oct 26 11:58:41 2011 UTC
(12 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4310
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r4311,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
4308 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Oct 26 11:39:05 2011 UTC
(12 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4306
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r4307,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
4301 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Oct 23 16:17:30 2011 UTC
(12 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4300
Catch up conf/files and conf/files.[i386|amd64]
tweak our build environment for gnu99/c99.
Add the stack protector from FreeBSD. This relies on a random number generator which is seeded at startup of the kernel (kern/init_main.c, kern/stack_protector.c and sys/kernel.h)
Also introduce qpi which supports workstation chipsets using qpi. It connects to the nexus and then has pci buses under it.
Revision
4291 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Oct 22 20:59:45 2011 UTC
(12 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4290
Introduce crazy hack to work around GCC warning that's killing buildworld.
va_start doesn't like it when you modify the value of an argument to a function before calling it. It makes sense, but it's inconvenient.
Revision
4255 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Oct 20 14:11:58 2011 UTC
(12 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4253
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r4254,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
4237 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Oct 19 15:00:02 2011 UTC
(12 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4235
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r4236,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
4234 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Oct 19 13:56:07 2011 UTC
(12 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4233
Introduce sysctls for exposing kernel features like PAE, AIO or freebsd 4,5,6 compatibility.
Fix a definition that I missed on a previous commit that was breaking sparc.
Revision
4233 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Oct 18 21:17:06 2011 UTC
(12 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4232
Add BUS_BIND_INTR() method to the bus interface to bind an IRQ resource to a CPU.
bus_bind_intr is a wrapper routine for drivers to use. It is supported on all MidnightBSD architectures.
Obtained from: FreeBSD 7.1
Revision
4232 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Oct 18 14:33:04 2011 UTC
(12 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4231
Remove lndir from base. This was added to make it easier for mirports, but since MidnightBSD does not include the rest of X in base it doesn't help much anyway.
Let's assume that anyone using mirports would still need our own X packages.
Revision
4227 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Oct 17 10:26:21 2011 UTC
(12 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4226
add logic to handle the linux gs register and some additional changes related to cpu affinity.
Be sure to set gpart boot partition (mbr compat) active for some bioses to work.
Revision
4217 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Oct 15 21:45:52 2011 UTC
(12 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4216
The start of the EFI GPT partiiton in the PMBR can always be used with CHS addressing. Don't use 0xff which is hack in the intel spec for use when CHS won't work. Most PC bioses can't handle this hack and hang or don't detect the disk as bootable.
Revision
4215 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Oct 15 20:18:31 2011 UTC
(12 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4214
Introduce CPU Affinity in MidnightBSD.
The ULE scheduler is now default on i386 and amd64 architectures.
cpuset(1) allows the user to limit a process to a group of CPU cores to run on using new system calls.
32bit versions of the system calls were also added to support 32bit binaries running on amd64 boxes. libc's
symbol map was modified to include the cpuset* system calls to expose them to userland.
This is based on work by Jeff Roberson from FreeBSD 7.1.
Revision
4203 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Oct 9 22:03:38 2011 UTC
(12 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4202
Supply unique st_dev, st_ino value pair for fstat(2) on pipes. This is required with sus4 and fixes compatibility problems with several linux centric daemons. This is a port from FreeBSD 10-CURRENT.
Filter out some bad traffic with ipv6 /ipfw.
Revision
4201 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Oct 5 03:52:09 2011 UTC
(12 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4199
When script(1) reads EOF from input it starts spinning on zero-byte
reads eating 100% CPU. Fix this by skipping select on STDIN after
reading EOF -- permanently if STDIN is not terminal and for one second
if it is.
Also after reading EOF from STDIN we have to pass it to the program
being scripted. The previous approach was to write zero bytes into the
pseudo-terminal. This does not work because zero-byte write does not
have any effect on read. Fix this by sending VEOF instead.
Obtained from: freebsd
Revision
4197 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Oct 1 04:58:18 2011 UTC
(12 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4196
Introduce new feature to traceroute(8), AS lookup using -a. This will prefix entries with AS numbers and you can specify the whois server using -A.
Obtained from: NetBSD/FreeBSD
Revision
4189 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Oct 1 02:29:26 2011 UTC
(12 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4188
TX mbuf parser for VLAN is still required to enable TX checksum offloading if VLAN hardware tagging is disabled.
Obtained from: FreeBSD cvs revison 1.1.2.11
Revision
4180 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Sep 30 04:21:18 2011 UTC
(12 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4179
add support for several epson scanners, an hp scanner 3570C, and change the usb mouse z-axis/wheel handling. Also update our list of devices.
Revision
4175 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Sep 30 03:02:06 2011 UTC
(12 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4174
Disable hibernation. This was causing alc(4) to hibernate when the cable was unplugged and then requiring down/up the interface or at least unplug and plugin the cable several times.
Revision
4171 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Sep 29 12:58:14 2011 UTC
(12 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4170
Modify generic kernel config to add stack(9) and prepare for ath(4) update.
Fix some formatting problems while here.
Revision
4169 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Sep 29 12:41:28 2011 UTC
(12 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4168
cleanup NOTES entries. We added stack(9) awhile back. Remove dead ATM which was not mpsafe and removed. alc is a recent addition. snd_ich is ac97
Revision
4168 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Sep 29 12:16:55 2011 UTC
(12 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4166
bump midnightbsd version so it's easier to see the unix domain sockets vulnerability was fixed in the running kernel
Revision
4162 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 25 21:03:48 2011 UTC
(12 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4161
Give distinct error codes for package fails vs mport init problems.. This may help us track down some edge cases.
Revision
4145 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Sep 10 05:24:31 2011 UTC
(13 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4144
Introduce new "download" command. It downloads the package into the default system package directory and prints the path if successful.
You don't *need* this command, but if you want to pre-fetch packages before installation later, it could come in handy. Note it only downloads the package and not it's dependancies.
This behavior is similar to apt-get's download command in debian/ubuntu. However, it doesn't download to the local directory.
Revision
4133 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 4 13:34:11 2011 UTC
(13 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4132
add support for AMD/ATI 0x43851002 which is supported by the snd_hda device. This will turn on autodetect for this card.
Revision
4132 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Aug 25 18:10:19 2011 UTC
(13 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4131
Use the new settings system to store the last time the index was fetched. This way we don't try over and over again if we haven't regeneratd server side.
Revision
4122 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Aug 22 01:56:30 2011 UTC
(13 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4121
Add new kld script to allow one to add kernel modules to load on system startup outside of loader.conf
If you don't need the modules to boot, this is MUCH faster.
Revision
4119 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Aug 13 20:19:30 2011 UTC
(13 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4118
Change from ftw to fts. ftw will return -1 and stop when a cycle is detected in the file system. Unfortunetely, crazy things happen like the libxml port that creates a symlink to .
This will allow the whole volume to be indexed. Cycles are skipped and reported on stderr by the library.
Revision
4118 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Aug 13 17:14:26 2011 UTC
(13 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4117
until we change how loops are handled, allow the full text index to get generated even if certain errors occur with the initial index.
Revision
4112 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Aug 9 12:38:55 2011 UTC
(13 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4111
Until I get time to design this properly, let's block out some paths that we don't want to index including
/var /tmp /proc /dev /usr/obj Most of these wouldn't be indexed because of file type or permissions anyway, but it's faster to check the path rather than let it be done farther down in the code.
Revision
4094 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Aug 7 01:33:09 2011 UTC
(13 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4093
default mserach build to no for now. (it does use a lot of space)
While we're at it, fix a longstanding bug where we're pointed at the wrong place for packages. This will need to be updated for msearch eventually
Revision
4085 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Aug 6 23:38:41 2011 UTC
(13 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4083
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r4084,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
4065 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Aug 1 02:55:56 2011 UTC
(13 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4064
modify search to support multiple like queries and together. Fix some memory allocation issues. We still need to do some input validation.
Revision
4063 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Aug 1 01:46:12 2011 UTC
(13 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4062
Disable the index on files.path for now. It's doubling the size of the index.
Run vacuum when doing a big build.
Filter out any non "real" files.
Revision
4057 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jul 24 15:59:08 2011 UTC
(13 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4056
Add new mport_setting_get and mport_setting_set functions to allow users to customize settings. The sqlite3 master database now contains a settings table with name and val fields.
There are two obvious uses for this:
1. defining the country the user is in to pick the nearest mirror list.
2. storing the last time we fetched an index so it doesn't try to do it all the time when it's out of date and we haven't generated one on stargazer yet.
Revision
4054 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jul 24 15:07:37 2011 UTC
(13 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4053
Start of the experimental msearch project. This will be a sqlite backed search tool that indexes the contents of the filesystem (including contents of files).
Think locate with more features. There is some inspiration with apple's spotlight.
Revision
4050 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jul 23 21:06:15 2011 UTC
(13 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4049
td_osd is at the end of struct thread to avoid breaking the ABI
as a side effect it is outside of the td_startzero-td_endzero range,
requiring it to be separately zeroed
Revision
4048 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jul 23 20:57:18 2011 UTC
(13 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4047
cpufreq: allocate long-lived buffer for handling of sysctl
requests. This stops crazy alloc/free cycle when powerd
is running aggresively.
Revision
4047 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jul 23 20:49:06 2011 UTC
(13 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4046
try to obtain max mhz on cpufreq attach instead of the first request. this works around problems with HTT cores causing a "slow" loop.
Revision
4026 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Jul 13 01:02:44 2011 UTC
(13 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4025
Introduce apple part map and vtoc part map for sparc.
For now, we're just going to use the freebsd-* names for partitions but this will change in the future.
Revision
4013 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jul 10 17:01:03 2011 UTC
(13 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4012
Introduce kdb_enter_why as an alternative to kdb_enter. It allows you to specify why you're going into the debugger so scripts can be selected.
FreeBSD 8 has this functionality as kdb_enter. I considered just merging it that way, but it would break binary compatibility with freebsd kernel modules which I don't want to do yet. (think nvidia graphics driver)
Revision
4012 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jul 10 15:42:48 2011 UTC
(13 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4011
Rewrite the upgrade logic to try to upgrade packages from a bottom up order using recursion. This is necessary because package install scripts may set things up and assume that their downdepends have run.
This is one of two problems discovered during the "stargazer" test. The second is related to ports with the same name but different versions. I've modified the ports system to pay attention to the pkgnamesuffix which will help in some cases, but say you have
python-2.4 and python-2.5. These are distinct ports and can be installed at the same time. One idea is to use the CONFLICTS secions to know if it's safe to install two ports at the same time. if it is, assume 2.4 doesn't get updated to 2.5. Their presense in the index is also a clue, but the version check logic isn't that smart yet. This will be dealt with in a later update.
I've left in some print statements as this code is untested until a new magus run can be done on i386. Use at your own risk!
Revision
4009 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jul 10 01:50:42 2011 UTC
(13 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4008
Fix a longstanding bug with the deleteall feature. Check for updepends before deleting a port. We want to delete them from top down in case the deinstall scripts do anything and also so we don't get warnings about ports depending on downdepends.
Revision
4004 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jul 9 20:17:25 2011 UTC
(13 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 4003
Add cpufreq(1). cpufreq is a utility to monitor the current cpu frequency easily. powerd(8) and cpufreq(4) can change the frequency to conserve energy and it's useful to monitor this at times.
The sysctl interface is handy, but annoying for one off's like this.
Revision
3994 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Jun 24 00:34:13 2011 UTC
(13 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3993
Modify linuxolator to include SOCK_CLOEXEC and SOCK_NONBLOCK. This allows fedora 10 libs to resolve dns entries.
Revision
3990 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Jun 22 23:56:22 2011 UTC
(13 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3989
some apps are trying to use LINUX_FUTEX_WAIT_BITSET and LINUX_FUTEX_WAIT_REQUEUE_PI which are not supported by 2.6.16 kernels.. only 2.6.26+.
Log it and throw a no-op if these are not defined and REALTIME clock is requested.
Revision
3986 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Jun 16 03:22:51 2011 UTC
(13 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3985
Add preliminary code to check if there is an update in the index over the installed version. This is a bit backwords, but we want to avoid the overhead of reading the package meta info for everything currently installed. It allows us to skip quite a few things and we're already loading the new update index anyway.
This could potentially save a LOT of bandwidth as we test packages md5 sums meaning we download them in the old case.
Revision
3969 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jun 12 19:36:23 2011 UTC
(13 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3967
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3968,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3965 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Jun 9 12:51:00 2011 UTC
(13 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3964
IPFW has two flaws in its handling of IPv6 packets that arrive in
fragments. First, it will deny an IPv6 packet that arrives with
a fragmentation header which has an offset of zero, but no
further fragments. This type of packet is explicitly allowed in
RFC 2460:
In response to an IPv6 packet that is sent to an IPv4 destination
(i.e., a packet that undergoes translation from IPv6 to IPv4),
the originating IPv6 node may receive an ICMP Packet Too Big
message reporting a Next-Hop MTU less than 1280. In that
case, the IPv6 node is not required to reduce the size of
subsequent packets to less than 1280, but must include a
Fragment header in those packets so that the IPv6-to-IPv4
translating router can obtain a suitable Identification value
to use in resulting IPv4 fragments. Note that this means the
payload may have to be reduced to 1232 octets (1280 minus 40
for the IPv6 header and 8 for the Fragment header), and
smaller still if additional extension headers are used.
The second flaw is that the code allows IPv6 packets that arrive in
fragments to avoid transport-layer rules. For example, consider this
ruleset:
00001 deny tcp from 2607:f0b0:0:6:209:87:239:67 80 to 2404:138:4002:4000:205:1cff:fe11:beff dst-port 37822
65534 allow ip from any to any
65535 deny ip from any to any
Rule 1 will not be applied to the fragment with offset zero
because the MF bit is intentionally included in the offset
variable used in ipfw_chk, so the check to see if the transport
header is found in fragment zero will fail. Instead, the rule
will be skipped over, and the next rule which in this example is
an allow will accept the fragment. Where an administrator might
have expected the traffic to be blocked it will instead be
allowed through the firewall.
Attached is a revised patch fixing a third flaw. ipfw will reject
very small IPv6 fragments when it tries to pullup the transport
header. This relaxes the code to be consistent with the IPv4 path
where it only tries to pull up the transport header on fragments with
offset zero.
Reported to FreeBSD by Matthew Luckie , pr 145733.
Revision
3963 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jun 5 16:49:54 2011 UTC
(13 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3962
Most of the other BSDs define CPPFLAGS in addition to CFLAGS and CXXFLAGS. This fixes some compatibility problems with their BSDmakefiles
Revision
3962 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jun 5 05:16:35 2011 UTC
(13 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3961
Remove some ancient entries that we never shipped.
remove perl 5.0 and 5.6 entries as we never shipped this in base.
remove perl entries that we DO ship now.
Revision
3961 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jun 5 05:12:13 2011 UTC
(13 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3960
On sigint or sigquit, return an error from mport_xsystem so we know something happened. This has to do with system(3) behavior. I still wonder if this should be a hand roled solution due to environmnt "sanity"
Cache the getsysctlbyname call so we don't make all these expensive calls. It speeds up ports that do a lot of @exec statements in the plist.
Revision
3955 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat May 28 19:11:40 2011 UTC
(13 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3953
This is a VERY ugly hack. It allows us to run *some* binaries from FreeBSD 7.1 including newer versions of Opera.
Revision
3950 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri May 27 00:58:26 2011 UTC
(13 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3949
Raise the default blocksize for UFS/FFS filesystems from
16K to 32K and the default fragment size from 2K to 4K.
The rational is that most disks are now running with 4K
sectors. While they can (slowly) simulate 512-byte sectors
by doing a read-modify-write, it is desirable to avoid this
functionality. By raising the minimum filesystem allocation
to 4K, the filesystem will never trigger the small sector
emulation.
Also, the growth of disk sizes has lead us to double the
default block size about every ten years. The rise from 8K
to 16K blocks was done in 2001. So, by the 10-year metric,
the time has come for 32K blocks.
Obtained from: FreeBSD, mckusick
Revision
3944 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat May 21 16:15:33 2011 UTC
(13 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3943
Add new command, deleteall. This allows you to remove all mport packages currently installed on a system (for big upgrades or testing)
Revision
3939 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri May 20 12:49:37 2011 UTC
(13 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3938
The mport index should not be unloaded if a recentish version cannot be downloaded. If we have one to work with, use it. This allows mport list & friends to work when the index hasn't been updated on stargazer for some time or when network connectivity is limited. You can at least compare what you have installed to the last index.
Refactor the mirror list routine to return the number of mirrors. We may want this available later for display in a UI and it's helpful when debugging.
Revision
3936 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu May 19 23:03:47 2011 UTC
(13 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3934
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3935,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3928 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed May 18 13:33:34 2011 UTC
(13 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3925
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3927,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3925 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue May 17 22:19:51 2011 UTC
(13 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3923
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3924,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3921 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu May 5 00:58:28 2011 UTC
(13 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3920
Fix a 16 year old bug in the sorting routine for non-contiguous netmasks.
For masks of identical length rn_lexobetter() did not stop on the
first non-equal byte. This leads rn_addroute() to not detecting
duplicate entries and thus we might create a very long list of masks
to check for each node.
This can have a huge impact on IPsec performance, where non-contiguous
masks are used for the flow lookup. In a setup with 1300 flows we
saw 400 duplicate masks and only a third of the expected throughput.
Obtained from: OpenBSD (revision 1.28 src/sys/net/radix.c)
Revision
3920 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue May 3 13:30:22 2011 UTC
(13 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3919
rcorder can pick a different order for rc scripts to run. If a crazy script from ports tries to run earlier in the boot process, it's possible it will be skipped entirely.
This patch from Doug Barton saves the items already run to avoid this problem. It could still get a bit funky if we're remotely mounting a file system but I don't think most MidnightBSD users will do that.
Revision
3919 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Apr 26 04:00:18 2011 UTC
(13 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3918
Stop trying to zero UFS1 superblocks if we fall off the end of the disk or hit random partial data that looks like a superblock.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
3917 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Apr 24 22:40:10 2011 UTC
(13 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3916
add a new error state MPORT_ERR_WARN. This is a non fatal error that we could possibly work around.
Change the logic to loop through mirrors to make sense.
fallback to the bootstrap index url if the mirrors list fails.
Revision
3909 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Apr 14 04:04:02 2011 UTC
(13 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3908
Handle the special ruleset 0 in devfs_ruleset_use(). An attempt set the
current ruleset to 0 with command "devfs ruleset 0" triggered a KASSERT
in devfs_ruleset_create().
Revision
3908 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Apr 1 02:09:23 2011 UTC
(13 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3907
Clamp the initial advertised receive window when responding to a SYN/ACK
to the maximum allowed window. Growing the window too large would cause
an underflow in the calculations in tcp_output() to decide if a window
update should be sent which would prevent the persist timer from being
started if data was pending and the other end of the connection advertised
an initial window size of 0.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
3907 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 26 22:51:33 2011 UTC
(13 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3906
On amd64, use a larger default auto swap size. it's safe to assume 64 bit architectures will have more need for it.
Revision
3905 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 26 16:53:46 2011 UTC
(13 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3904
Remove legacy ia64 support from the system. I don't think we'll ever have the resources to support Intel Itanium chips.
Remove expert and custom installation options. This should improve usability and only piss off a very small number of users.
Fix a bug where automated installs can't use UFS1.
Increase the default and minimum sizes of several partitions. / /var /tmp and /usr all need to be a little bigger these days.
Revision
3901 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 19 19:30:28 2011 UTC
(13 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3900
Incompatible change: rename property_count as properties_count. It's "wrong" but it shouldn't conflict with a similar definitiion in libcrypt and as it's a new function, we can safely change it.
Revision
3900 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Mar 17 11:54:08 2011 UTC
(13 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3899
Uptime validity check is not necessary as we've inherited the switch to clock_getuptime circa 2005.
vmstat now works with greater than 10 years of uptime. Yeah that will never happen but hey we can dream :)
Revision
3886 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 13 21:43:59 2011 UTC
(13 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3885
Bring in two large changes from FreeBSD 7.1:
* DRM/DRI update for direct rendering on X. This is a large update to support newer ATI and Intel graphics adapters with acceleration. This was original ported from Linux (it's not GPL)
* cdev per open file data.
Implement the per-open file data for the cdev.
The patch does not change the cdevsw KBI. Management of the data is
provided by the functions
int devfs_set_cdevpriv(void *priv, cdevpriv_dtr_t dtr);
int devfs_get_cdevpriv(void **datap);
void devfs_clear_cdevpriv(void);
All of the functions are supposed to be called from the cdevsw method
contexts.
- devfs_set_cdevpriv assigns the priv as private data for the file
descriptor which is used to initiate currently performed driver
operation. dtr is the function that will be called when either the
last refernce to the file goes away, the device is destroyed or
devfs_clear_cdevpriv is called.
- devfs_get_cdevpriv is the obvious accessor.
- devfs_clear_cdevpriv allows to clear the private data for the still
open file.
Implementation keeps the driver-supplied pointers in the struct
cdev_privdata, that is referenced both from the struct file and struct
cdev, and cannot outlive any of the referee.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
3880 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 12 20:49:22 2011 UTC
(13 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3879
Backward incompatible change.. mport packages are now compressed with xz compression instead of bzip2. This means package creation requires more ram, but extracting packages is faster. Packages will also be smaller.
Revision
3878 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 12 14:47:48 2011 UTC
(13 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3877
Rework the resize logic so that it actually works without an infinite loop.
After testing, keep the LINK_TABLE_SIZE at 1024. Most ports won't need to resize the hash table which is somewhat expensive.
Revision
3877 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 12 03:31:33 2011 UTC
(13 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3876
Fix return handling on the bundle add/write.
There's a bug with the hard link hash code somewhere. For now increase the size which fixes most ports hanging on it. We need to fix this correclty though.
Revision
3876 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 12 01:29:38 2011 UTC
(13 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3875
Get rid of an extra param we don't need. (one less warning)
don't set NULL when we're not using the assignment anyway.
Use \0 when it's the end of a string for clarity.
Revision
3871 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Mar 10 22:36:36 2011 UTC
(13 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3870
Add code to verify packages included in the index. We should deal with cases the package is built locally at some point.
Revision
3870 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Mar 10 22:29:07 2011 UTC
(13 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3869
Add sha256 hash function wrappers. This allows us to verify a package file in the index was not tampered with and downloaded correctly.
Revision
3856 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Mar 9 05:03:39 2011 UTC
(13 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3854
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3855,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3852 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Mar 8 22:33:35 2011 UTC
(13 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3851
tzdata2011c
No leapsecond in June 2011.
Timezone tweaks for several america locations.
Chile winter to summer time moved by a month
Revision
3838 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Mar 8 03:55:29 2011 UTC
(13 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3836
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3837,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3836 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Mar 7 22:04:04 2011 UTC
(13 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3835
Add new clean command to mport tools. It deletes old packages in the staging dir and runs vacuum on sqlite3.
Also fix formatting of the man page and add details about clean there.
Revision
3835 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Mar 7 22:01:00 2011 UTC
(13 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3834
Add new code to call vacuum on the sqlite database and remove old packages in /var/db/mport/downloads/ (aka the staging dir).
Revision
3833 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Mar 7 20:02:23 2011 UTC
(13 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3832
Add new search feature to mport tool.
The following works:
mport search php5 - matches exact package name
mport search "*php*" - glob style search of package names and comments
Note this searches the index of all packages. If you want to know if a package is installed, use mport info pkgname.
Revision
3832 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Mar 7 19:43:00 2011 UTC
(13 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3831
Add a new public index search function which will allow us to search index data via the search command I"m working on.
Revision
3828 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 6 22:06:28 2011 UTC
(13 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3827
Use the mport primative for updates.
Add a new upgrade method that will upgrade all installed ports that need it. This has one big flaw in that it will fetch packages even when it doesn't need to.
Revision
3827 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 6 21:20:53 2011 UTC
(13 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3826
Include the origin for installed packages. This helps when we want to update packages from mports instead of a pre-built package.
Revision
3826 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 6 20:26:39 2011 UTC
(13 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3825
Add new info command. Returns information about packages that are installed as well as packages that are included in the index but not installed.
Format:
package name
lastest: (version)
installed: (version)
license:
comment/description
Revision
3818 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 6 17:20:25 2011 UTC
(13 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3817
Major refactor of mport tool code.
Use libmport to lookup entries in the index for fetching remote packages. This means we can now create a magus run and load it on the ftp and have users remotely install mport packages! (local install is a todo item)
Add a new update command which uninstalls a package and then fetches and installs a new one. This is very "dumb" right now and it doesn't do updepends checks yet.
Revision
3804 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Feb 26 21:30:31 2011 UTC
(13 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3803
Update os version detection for 0.4. Perhaps this should use the sysctl interface and get the current kernel version instead?
Revision
3803 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Feb 26 21:25:40 2011 UTC
(13 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3802
Add wrapper to call list updates command to see packages that need to be updated.
This compares the installed packages on the local system to the index file which is at most 24 hours old.
Revision
3791 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Feb 19 18:36:55 2011 UTC
(13 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3790
Rewrite parts of the amdtemp(4) temp monitor for K8, K10, K11 AMD CPUs to take advantage of the sensors framework.
This is similar to coretemp(4)'s changes in MidnightBSD and to kate(4) in OpenBSD/DragonFly. However, kate(4) only handles K8 CPUs!
I don't have any K8 hardware to test on so if the sensor readings are off, I need someone to let me know.
Tested on an AMD Phenom 9600
Revision
3784 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Feb 17 12:49:46 2011 UTC
(13 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3782
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3783,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3753 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Feb 9 00:32:15 2011 UTC
(13 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3752
Bump MidnightBSD version. We've updated a lot of contrib software lately and the recent window scaling patch. (BIND, file, openssl, openssh, libarchive, unzip, cpio, ...)
Revision
3751 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Feb 9 00:27:18 2011 UTC
(13 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3750
If the new window size ends up being the same as the old
size when it is scaled, then don't force a window update.
Obtained from: Patch by John Baldwin, FreeBSD 7-STABLE local patch
Revision
3743 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Feb 8 21:24:36 2011 UTC
(13 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3741
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3742,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3737 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Feb 7 00:17:46 2011 UTC
(13 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3736
Add a preliminary version of alc(4). This version does not support wake on lan and should not be suspend/resume. It's not connected to the build yet, but one can manually build the odule.
Revision
3727 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Feb 6 18:44:11 2011 UTC
(13 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3726
Wake On Lan (WOL) infrastructure
Add NEEDSGIANT to IFF_CANTCONFIG so that we can block changes to interfaces that are under giant later.
Revision
3723 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Feb 6 18:04:39 2011 UTC
(13 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3722
Sync unzip with FreeBSD 9. Exclude r/R flags as we don't yet have getdelim and they don't seem to be connected anyway.
Revision
3720 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Feb 6 16:25:18 2011 UTC
(13 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3719
Introduce eeemon, a kernel module to control fan speed, voltage and monitor cpu temp.
Obtained from: Rui Paulo (FreeBSD user repository)
Revision
3718 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Feb 6 01:42:41 2011 UTC
(13 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3717
Libf2c was imported as part of the freebsd initial import. However, it wasn't used in FreeBSD since 3.x and we don't need it at all.
Revision
3714 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Feb 6 00:51:10 2011 UTC
(13 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3712
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3713,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3707 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Feb 5 14:25:54 2011 UTC
(13 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3706
Update makefiles for openssh 5.7p1.
ssh-vulnkey is no longer included. I would hope most debian keys have been replaced at this point.
Revision
3688 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Feb 4 14:04:19 2011 UTC
(13 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3686
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3687,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3684 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Feb 4 13:20:53 2011 UTC
(13 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3682
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3683,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3678 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Feb 3 23:52:17 2011 UTC
(13 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3676
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3677,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3671 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Feb 3 14:30:37 2011 UTC
(13 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3669
Manually update the version number. This could arguably be on the vendor branch, but it's got to be generated by configure.
Revision
3669 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Feb 3 14:27:20 2011 UTC
(13 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3667
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3668,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3666 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Feb 3 14:08:18 2011 UTC
(13 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3665
Apply changes directly instead of the patch hack we did before. Note this includes some patches from FreeBSD for collation, but most of the other patches in their tree have been applied upstream.
Revision
3663 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Feb 3 13:42:18 2011 UTC
(13 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3661
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3662,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3657 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Feb 3 04:14:35 2011 UTC
(13 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3655
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3656,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3653 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Feb 2 22:33:56 2011 UTC
(13 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3651
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3652,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3645 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jan 29 23:36:46 2011 UTC
(13 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3644
We don't have a compat directory. That was a freebsdism.
Also add the apache licensed directory while we're here.
Revision
3623 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jan 22 19:55:16 2011 UTC
(13 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3622
Import it(4) and lm(4) for common Super I/O hardware sensors.
This is based on the 2007 Google Summer of Code project by Constantine A. Murenin and code from OpenBSD.
Revision
3614 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Jan 20 21:16:00 2011 UTC
(13 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3612
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3613,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3598 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Jan 4 14:23:53 2011 UTC
(13 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3597
Opteron rev E family of processor expose a bug where, in very rare
ocassions, memory barriers semantic is not honoured by the hardware
itself. As a result, some random breakage can happen in uninvestigable
ways (for further explanation see at the content of the commit itself).
As long as just a specific familly is bugged of an entire architecture
is broken, a complete fix-up is impratical without harming to some
extents the other correct cases.
Considering that (and considering the frequency of the bug exposure)
just print out a warning message if the affected machine is identified.
Pointed out by: Samy Al Bahra <sbahra at repnop dot org>
Obtained from: FreeBSD (revision 198868)
Revision
3595 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Jan 3 05:43:27 2011 UTC
(13 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3594
Add support for the 8103E a hardware revision of the 8169.
Follow the lead of vendor's interrupt moderation mechanism.
It seems RTL8169/RTL8168/RTL810xE has a kind of interrupt
moderation mechanism but it is not documented at all. The magic
value dramatically reduced number of interrupts without noticeable
performance drops so apply it to all RTL8169/RTL8169 controllers.
Obtained from FreeBSD & Realtek FreeBSD driver.
Revision
3592 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Dec 30 03:17:53 2010 UTC
(13 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3590
Update bind configuration so we have a writable directory. Update root servers list which is seriously out of date.
Revision
3588 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Dec 30 02:32:45 2010 UTC
(13 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3585
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3587,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3580 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Dec 11 07:01:11 2010 UTC
(13 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3579
Fix a bug in update_primitive where a free'd var was strdup'd.
Assign NULL to several pointers. While it shouldn't matter, if something weird happens it will make it easier to track down.
Revision
3576 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Dec 10 00:52:05 2010 UTC
(13 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3575
When reopening a stream backed by an open file descriptor, do not close
the existing file descriptor. Instead, let dup2() atomically close the
old file descriptor when assigning the newly opened file to the same
descriptor. This closes a race in a multithreaded application where a
concurrent open() could allocate the existing file descriptor in between
the calls to close() and dup2().
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
3573 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Nov 30 14:03:18 2010 UTC
(13 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3572
A double free exists in the SSL client ECDH handling code, when
processing specially crafted public keys with invalid prime
numbers. [CVE-2010-2939]
Revision
3572 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Nov 26 05:10:39 2010 UTC
(13 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3571
- Check that strtoul(3) succeeds to convert the entire string in a few
places.
- In getasciilabel(), set the disk type only when a valid type is given.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
3571 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Nov 26 05:05:07 2010 UTC
(13 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3570
Get growfs to act like newfs by zeroing two blocks of inodies for each new cylinder group.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
3570 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Nov 26 04:51:37 2010 UTC
(13 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3568
Handle geli-encrypted root disk devices.
Add support for identifying a journaled root filesystem.
Fix support for identifying the given /dev/vinum/root example.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
3567 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Nov 23 01:37:07 2010 UTC
(13 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3566
Author: mckusick
Date: Tue Nov 23 01:32:44 2010
New Revision: 215729
URL: http://svn.freebsd.org/changeset/base/215729
Log:
MFC of 213119
Reported problem:
Large (60GB) filesystems created using "newfs -U -O 1 -b 65536 -f 8192"
show incorrect results from "df" for free and used space when mounted
immediately after creation. fsck on the new filesystem (before ever
mounting it once) gives a "SUMMARY INFORMATION BAD" error in phase 5.
This error hasn't occurred in any runs of fsck immediately after
"newfs -U -b 65536 -f 8192" (leaving out the "-O 1" option).
Solution:
The default UFS1 superblock is located at offset 8K in the filesystem
partition; the default UFS2 superblock is located at offset 64K in
the filesystem partition. For UFS1 filesystems with a blocksize of
64K, the first alternate superblock resides at 64K which is the the
location used for the default UFS2 superblock. By default, the
system first checks for a valid superblock at the default location
for a UFS2 filoesystem. For a UFS1 filesystem with a blocksize of
64K, there is a valid UFS1 superblock at this location. Thus, even
though it is expected to be a backup superblock, the system will
use it as its default superblock. So, we have to ensure that all the
statistcs on usage are correct in this first alternate superblock
as it is the superblock that will actually be used.
While tracking down this problem, another limitation of UFS1 became
evident. For UFS1, the number of inodes per cylinder group is stored
in an int16_t. Thus the maximum number of inodes per cylinder group
is limited to 2^15 - 1. This limit can easily be exceeded for block
sizes of 32K and above. Thus when building UFS1 filesystems, newfs
must limit the number of inodes per cylinder group to 2^15 - 1.
Reported by: Guy Helmer<ghelmer@palisadesys.com>
Followup by: Bruce Cran <brucec@freebsd.org>
PR: 107692
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
3565 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Nov 20 17:49:41 2010 UTC
(13 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3564
Several portions of the kernel and userland code related to UFS file
systems (and UFS2) cannot properly handle inode counts above 2^31 due
to use of int types. Based on a patch from FreeBSD, I've modified
our UFS2 implementation to handle unsigned values for inode counts
which should allow for file systems greater than 16TB.
newfs and growfs was also modified.
Revision
3562 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Nov 16 14:21:22 2010 UTC
(13 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3561
Patch from Paul B Mahol:
Following patch fix panic on i386 for drivers using such functions.
Those two functions take 64-bit variable(s) for their arguments.
On i386 that takes additional 32-bit variable per argument.
This is required so that windrv_wrap() can correctly wrap function that
miniport driver calls with stdcall convention.
Similar explanation is provided in subr_ndis.c for other functions.
On amd64 we do not use these numbers.
Revision
3552 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Nov 10 18:03:16 2010 UTC
(13 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3551
What a weird bug. apparently some plists have @mode or @group commands with no arguments. This is supposed to "reset" to the default state. libmport can't handle this right now though.
As a workaround, i have added a case to check for data being null. That means the argument is missing
@mode vs @mode 644 where data is 644 as stored in sqlite.
This allows us to uninstall phpMyAdmin.
The next question is what to do about this case. I think a default mode should be defined for installing files and directories for ports in libmport and we should die on weird edge cases for plists. I don't think the package should have been created like this.
Revision
3550 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Nov 10 17:29:20 2010 UTC
(13 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3549
Make sure the filename is null terminated. This shoudln't happen in practice, but why not be safe about it anyway.
Revision
3542 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Oct 21 15:51:00 2010 UTC
(13 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3541
sysrc is a new utility written by Devin Teske that allows a user to easily modify the contents of /etc/rc.conf (or a version in a jail). It will check for existing variables and adjust the value as necessary. This is less error prone than echo >> type operations and it causes less spam.
Revision
3532 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Oct 8 16:37:52 2010 UTC
(13 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3531
Enable the new GLOB_LIMIT flag to fix a security vulnerability that is remotely exploitable with sftp daemon.
This enables the patch to libc/gen/glob.c
Revision
3531 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Oct 8 16:33:29 2010 UTC
(13 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3530
A recently security vulnerability was reported in glob memory limit handling. It allows for remote dos attacks on ftp and sftp servers among other things.
Add new limits based on a patch from DragonFly and NetBSD.
Note there are still issues here:
1. No man page changes yet.
2. sftp has not been fully patched yet.
Revision
3528 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Oct 6 12:55:39 2010 UTC
(13 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3525
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3527,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3525 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Oct 1 12:36:46 2010 UTC
(13 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3524
Commit Jeremy Chadwick's netwait script. This script adds a timeout period for network activity while the system is starting. There's an assumption in the system that link state means the network is working. Some NICs such as the realtek based chips tend to go up and down causing the system to think everything is ok and then losing access to remote file systems, ntp/rdate, etc.
This is not an ideal solution, but it does help.
Based on FreeBSD PR conf/151063
It's quite possible they'll integrate something similar in their new defaultroute script in FreeBSD 8/9.
Note this does not include the rc.conf.5 changes yet.
Revision
3524 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 27 22:20:09 2010 UTC
(13 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3523
Conditionally define MAXCPU the same for all kernels regardless of SMP or !SMP.
On i386 and amd64 define MAXCPU to 32 since they exist now. Most kernel structures are resized based on this value.
Revision
3512 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Sep 11 20:07:15 2010 UTC
(14 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3511
add mport.info utility. It works similar to mport.list except it's for single ports instead of all of them. Specifically it implements something comparable to pkg_info -qO origin right now.
Revision
3495 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 8 21:34:36 2010 UTC
(14 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3491
Check target arch as well as target to deterimine if we are doing a cross build. This will help on systems with 32bit vs 64bit issues.
Revision
3491 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 6 00:23:34 2010 UTC
(14 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3488
Move things along.. current is now 0.4-CURRENT. Change the man pages, osreldate and other tunables in the system accordingly. While we're here, update other bsd systems in our mdoc.local.
Revision
3482 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Sep 2 12:51:16 2010 UTC
(14 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3481
Fix a potential security issue first spotted with OpenSSH and modifications to login.conf
http://secunia.com/advisories/40923/
In setusercontext(), do not apply user settings unless running as the
user in question (usually but not necessarily because we were called
with LOGIN_SETUSER). This plugs a hole where users could raise their
resource limits and expand their CPU mask.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
3478 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Aug 31 13:08:08 2010 UTC
(14 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3477
Sync with FreeBSD 7-stable. Includes NetBSD style changes and 3 clause removal. Also exports mc146818_def_read and mc146818_def_write so the front end can make use of them.
Revision
3461 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Aug 18 23:59:38 2010 UTC
(14 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3459
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3460,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3456 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Aug 15 04:28:26 2010 UTC
(14 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3455
Add an internal _once() method that works like pthread_once(3) but safe for libc routines. This is safe to use in single threaded and multithreaded processes.
Obtained from: FreeBSD (SVN 200649)
Revision
3441 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Aug 14 20:29:50 2010 UTC
(14 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3439
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3440,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3436 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jul 31 05:38:50 2010 UTC
(14 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3435
Add -m option to cron(8), which overrides default mail recipient for cron mails unless it's explicitly provided by MAILTO= in crontab. Setting the recipient to null string disables default mails. Also remove __P instances. Obtained from: FreeBSD 9-CURRENT
Revision
3434 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jul 31 03:56:38 2010 UTC
(14 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3433
Add some new functions to the primitive. FreeBSD pkg_info offers some variations on output including
pkg_info -aoq which outputs the origin with newlines such as archivers/zip and
pkg_info -ao which outputs a long format of the form
Information for portname-version:
Origin:
archivers/zip
We're implementing a similar format for future use/compatibility in the mports Mk files to optimize checking for installed packages (Dependencies)
We didn't bother with a since this primitive always lists all by default.
Revision
3428 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jul 4 13:59:12 2010 UTC
(14 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3427
Introduce brainfuck(1) to MidnightBSD. brainfuck is a language/interpreter with details in the man page.
Obtained from: MirBSD
Revision
3427 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jul 3 16:49:32 2010 UTC
(14 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3426
Refactor the linux_mmap_common function to take individual arguments similar to FreeBSD. This is easier to read and similar to other kernel interfaces. This also makes it easier to fix the mmap offsets greater than 32 bits. We can deal with a 64 bit file offset now. This is based on a patch to FreeBSD by Christian Zander @ NVIDIA
Revision
3426 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jul 3 16:43:27 2010 UTC
(14 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3425
Refactor the linux_mmap_common function to take individual arguments similar to FreeBSD. This is easier to read and similar to other kernel interfaces. This also makes it easier to fix the mmap offsets greater than 32 bits. We can deal with a 64 bit file offset now. This is based on a patch to FreeBSD by Christian Zander @ NVIDIA
Revision
3423 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jun 19 14:56:05 2010 UTC
(14 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3422
Do not require pos parameter to be zero in MAP_ANONYMOUS mmap requests
in Linux emulation layer. Linux seems to only require that pos is
page-aligned, but otherwise ignores it. Default FreeBSD mmap parameter
checking is too strict to allow some Linux binaries to run. tsMuxeR is
one example of such a binary.
Obtained from: kan@FreeBSD
Revision
3417 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jun 19 14:37:32 2010 UTC
(14 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3416
top(1) mistakenly reports uptime off by 30 seconds due to a rounding calculation copied from another utility. Reported to FreeBSD by Janne Snabb.
Revision
3412 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Jun 16 12:26:20 2010 UTC
(14 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3410
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3411,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3408 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun May 30 03:02:12 2010 UTC
(14 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3406
While this is mostly unnecessary, let's allocate memory in many cases with calloc for now. It will make finding bugs that much easier since we're guaranteed to have the memory zerod.
Revision
3406 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu May 27 13:55:02 2010 UTC
(14 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3404
The nfsclient didn't validate the length of the path passed to it. This could cause code execution particularly when users are allowed to mount file systems.
Revision
3404 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu May 27 13:49:03 2010 UTC
(14 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3403
Security update for "OPIE off-by-one stack overflow" reported to FreeBSD by Maksymilian Arciemowicz and Adam Zabrocki
This relates to FreBSD SA 10:05.opie
Revision
3380 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 21 19:52:04 2010 UTC
(14 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3377
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3379,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3372 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Mar 18 00:12:58 2010 UTC
(14 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3371
bump the midnightbsd version to indicate the presense of updated hda audio, new tme zones and the cpu detection code. we need to do more with this cpu detection code. Note this also includes changes to linprocfs from freebsd 7-stable that might help with newer kernel emulation.
Revision
3368 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Mar 17 23:40:25 2010 UTC
(14 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3367
Add support for several newer sound cards including the following ATI and realtek chipsets:
hdac0: <ATI SB600 High Definition Audio Controller> mem 0xfbbf4000-0xfbbf7fff ir
q 16 at device 20.2 on pci0
hdac0: HDA Driver Revision: 20091113_0138
hdac0: [ITHREAD]
hdac0: HDA Codec #0: Realtek ALC887
hdac1: <ATI RV730 High Definition Audio Controller> mem 0xfbcec000-0xfbceffff ir
q 19 at device 0.1 on pci1
hdac1: HDA Driver Revision: 20091113_0138
hdac1: [ITHREAD]
hdac1: HDA Codec #0: ATI R6xx HDMI
hdac2: <ATI RV730 High Definition Audio Controller> mem 0xfbdec000-0xfbdeffff ir
q 17 at device 0.1 on pci2
hdac2: HDA Driver Revision: 20091113_0138
hdac2: [ITHREAD]
hdac2: HDA Codec #0: ATI R6xx HDMI
pcm0: <HDA Realtek ALC887 PCM #0 Analog> at cad 0 nid 1 on hdac0
pcm1: <HDA Realtek ALC887 PCM #1 Analog> at cad 0 nid 1 on hdac0
pcm2: <HDA Realtek ALC887 PCM #2 Digital> at cad 0 nid 1 on hdac0
pcm3: <HDA Realtek ALC887 PCM #3 Digital> at cad 0 nid 1 on hdac0
pcm4: <HDA ATI R6xx HDMI PCM #0 HDMI> at cad 0 nid 1 on hdac1
pcm5: <HDA ATI R6xx HDMI PCM #0 HDMI> at cad 0 nid 1 on hdac2
Revision
3364 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 13 19:15:51 2010 UTC
(14 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3363
Update our cpu types and include a list of vendors of CPUs. This will be used with identcpu and kernel modules later to "detect" cpu vendors to enable/disable features.
Revision
3362 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 13 05:07:04 2010 UTC
(14 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3361
Add a third party public domain string replace function to correctly deal with the case where mports contain a + in the name
zipios++ fails fake do to the regular expression dying on +. We may need to handle other special charactes if they come up in port names. I haven't seen any to date.
Revision
3353 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Mar 12 03:59:44 2010 UTC
(14 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3352
We're getting weird locking errors sometimes. If the sqlite call is "busy" or "locked", try the operation again. It could be a temporary problem from another process or a time consuming operation.
Revision
3350 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Mar 12 01:02:44 2010 UTC
(14 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3348
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3349,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3342 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Mar 10 05:28:05 2010 UTC
(14 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3341
finalize was getting called before we evaluated the column. This was causing a seg fault on the new version of sqlite. I'm surprised we didn't see this sooner.
Revision
3338 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Mar 10 05:03:06 2010 UTC
(14 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3336
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3337,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3333 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Mar 10 04:30:39 2010 UTC
(14 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3331
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3332,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3328 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Mar 10 04:16:16 2010 UTC
(14 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3326
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3327,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3311 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Mar 5 04:55:38 2010 UTC
(14 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3310
1.13: Use correct bitmask for checking CPU identities.
1.16: Add XXX comment about the table in general.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
3310 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Mar 5 04:50:31 2010 UTC
(14 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3309
If we are unable to obtain a frequency list from either ACPI or the
static tables, then attempt to build a simple list containing just the high
and low frequencies if the hw.est.msr_info tunable is set to 1. By default
this is disabled.
Obtained from FreeBSD
Revision
3307 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Mar 5 04:36:59 2010 UTC
(14 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3306
1.13: Use correct bitmask for checking CPU identities.
1.16: Add XXX comment about the table in general.
Increase time we wait for things to settle to 1 millisecond,
10 microseconds is too short.
Revision
3302 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Mar 5 03:53:31 2010 UTC
(14 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3301
Attach the cpufreq child devices with specific orders to enforce
relative priority of some of the drivers that manage the same state (e.g.
ichss0 vs est0).
Revision
3301 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Mar 5 03:48:39 2010 UTC
(14 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3300
Probe CPUs after the PCI hierarchy on i386 and amd64. This allows
the cpufreq drivers to reliably use properties of PCI devices for quirks,
etc.
- For the legacy drivers, add CPU devices via an identify routine in the
CPU driver itself rather than in the legacy driver's attach routine.
- Add CPU devices after Host-PCI bridges in the acpi bus driver.
- Change the ichss(4) driver to use pci_find_bsf() to locate the ICH and
check its device ID rather than having a bogus PCI attachment that only
checked for the ID in probe and always failed. As a side effect, you
can now kldload ichss after boot.
- Fix the ichss(4) driver to use the correct device_t for the ICH (and not
for ichss0) when doing PCI config space operations to enable SpeedStep.
Revision
3295 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Mar 4 03:02:32 2010 UTC
(14 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3294
This version can now install and delete to some degree.
Delete only needs the pkgname.. for instance
mport delete p7zip
install doesn't do remote yet, and it must already have a package ready in /usr/mports/Packages/<arch>/All
You must include the EXACT version number like
mport install p7zip-9.04
This will get smarter and more useful in time.
delete and list commands are useful now.
Revision
3292 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Mar 4 01:51:21 2010 UTC
(14 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3291
Now there are three outputs. The default shows you versions, -q does not and -v shows versions as well as comments similar to pkg_info's default output. I chose to use a tab character to separate comments from versions.
Revision
3287 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Feb 10 01:33:40 2010 UTC
(14 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3286
Fix stats printing of the amount of memory currently consumed by huge
allocations. [1]
Fix calculation of the number of arenas when 'n' is specified via
MALLOC_OPTIONS.
Clean up various style inconsistencies.
Obtained from: [1] NetBSD, FreeBSD
Revision
3285 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Feb 9 01:41:45 2010 UTC
(14 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3284
Start work on the mport wrapper program. This needs a lot of work yet and is not connected to the build intentionally.
Revision
3277 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Feb 6 06:49:38 2010 UTC
(14 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3276
Sync re(4) and rl(4) with FreeBSD 7-Stable from a few months ago.
The big difference here is that wake on lan support has been disabled since we don't support it.
re(4) has been tested on a pciE nic, testing pci will happen shortly and we need more testing on other parts including rl(4)s.
This adds several newer cards, plus a few old ones we missed.
Revision
3275 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Feb 6 05:12:46 2010 UTC
(14 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3274
Another kludge. This time, comment out reloading freebsd.h. This overloads what we're trying to accomplish. After this change, a strings on the gcc binary shows the right output for -m32.
Revision
3268 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jan 30 16:34:13 2010 UTC
(14 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3267
Rewrite to consume significantly less memory, by using find -s instead of
find | sort. As a bonus, this simplifies the logic considerably. Also
remove the bogus "overruning the args to ls" comment and the corresponding
"-n 20" argument to xargs; the whole point with xargs is precisely that it
knows how large the argument list can safely get.
Note that the first run of the updated script may hypotheticall produce
false positives due to differences between find's and sort's sorting
algorithm. I haven't seen this during testing, but others might.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
3264 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jan 17 14:42:44 2010 UTC
(14 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3263
Improve powerd accuracy on SMP based systems. We're now using summary load instead of average load.
powerd is independant from number and size of frequency levels now.
Add new hiadaptive load for ac powered systems which rises freq twice as fast and drops it on 1/8 per time interval.
Default polling was changed from 1/2 to 1/4 of a second.
Based upon FreeBSD 7.2 patches to powerd.
Revision
3255 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jan 16 17:38:41 2010 UTC
(14 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3254
synchronize with FreeBSD 8-Stable. We really need to get mksh as default shell in all cases. I hate maintaining this many shells.
Revision
3248 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jan 16 16:14:30 2010 UTC
(14 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3247
Remove bind9 directory from the tree. We're going to use bind96 now to indicate version easier. This style (from DragonFly) makes more sense. Besides, I really botched the last import.
Since we never had a real ISC vendor branch (only a FreeBSD branch) this was always a merge conflict mess anyway.
Revision
3245 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jan 16 16:06:21 2010 UTC
(14 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3243
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3244,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3243 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jan 16 16:03:11 2010 UTC
(14 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3240
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3242,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3240 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jan 10 22:14:40 2010 UTC
(14 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3239
Bump to 3011 to indicate presence of POSIX SEMAPHORES, kqueue changes and libc MNBSD namespace. These are required for libdispatch.
Revision
3239 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jan 10 21:55:09 2010 UTC
(14 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3238
Enable options P1003_1B_SEMAPHORES # POSIX-style semaphores
This option is required by many modern applications including Firefox 3.5. We also need this to support libdispatch!
Enable on all three architectures.
Revision
3235 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jan 10 20:14:37 2010 UTC
(14 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3233
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3234,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3228 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jan 10 18:34:47 2010 UTC
(14 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3227
Add spawn.h for posix_spawn(3) interface.
Add new kqueue primitives required to support GCD, such as EVFILT_USER and EV_TRIGGER. (libdispatch)
Revision
3226 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jan 10 18:29:20 2010 UTC
(14 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3225
Create a new MidnightBSD symbol namespace. This will include additions and extensions not found in the legacy FBSD_1.0 space. Unless we happen to add symbols for compatibility with newer freebsd 7.x versions, this old FBSD stuff should not be used. I have not created a private symbol yet.
Add posix spawn related functions to libc. posix_spawn(3) and friends can replace fork and exec in some situations and have been in the specification since 1999. Many operating systems do not yet implement them as they do not provide any benefit in terms of performance when systems use MMU. glibc implements them as well as FreeBSD 8, DragonFly current, Mac OS X Snow Leopard. It's time.
We've used the FreeBSD 8 versions with little change here. This is one of the many requirements for libdispatch. (mostly for test suite apps)
Revision
3222 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Jan 7 00:37:12 2010 UTC
(14 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3221
If a client requests DNSSEC records with the Checking Disabled (CD) flag
set, BIND may cache the unvalidated responses. These responses may later
be returned to another client that has not set the CD flag.
based on freebsd SA-10:01
Note this patch is slightly different and may need more work. System bind should be updated as soon as possible.
Revision
3221 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Jan 7 00:32:39 2010 UTC
(14 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3220
ZFS is a file-system originally developed by Sun Microsystems.
The ZFS Intent Log ("ZIL") is a mechanism that gathers together in memory
transactions of writes, and is flushed onto disk when synchronous
semantics is necessary. In the event of crash or power failure, the
log is examined and the uncommitted transaction would be replayed to
maintain the synchronous semantics.
When replaying setattr transaction, the replay code would set the
attributes with certain insecure defaults, when the logged
transaction did not touch these attributes.
A system crash or power fail would leave some file with mode set
to 07777. This could leak sensitive information or cause privilege
escalation.
Based on FreeBSD security advisory SA-10:03.zfs (freebsd 7.x)
Revision
3209 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Dec 14 01:00:47 2009 UTC
(14 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3208
Termcap update:
Update termcap entries for xterm. This fixes problems with Terminal.app (which should be using TERM=nsterm).
Add vt100 friendly passthrough printing.
Add terminal definition for Wyse 120.
Add definition for rxvt-unicode. This fixes problems with vi and this terminal entry via ssh.
cons2517 definition fixed.
screen and linux console fixed too.
Revision
3207 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Dec 13 01:09:44 2009 UTC
(14 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3206
Add the fdclone KPI. fdclone was originally developed for FreeBSD7-CURRENT by Kostik Belousov and Peter Holm.
This was developed to allow drivers to clone on open(2). The cloned cdev is
not accessible for lookup through devfs and is destroyed automatically.
The implementation is based on version 9 of Kostik's patch. I've also included
a sample program in share/examples/kld/fdclone on use.
$MidnightBSD$ tagged in share/examples/kld
Revision
3204 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Dec 5 15:29:50 2009 UTC
(14 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3203
The SSL version 3 and TLS protocols support session renegotiation without
cryptographically tying the new session parameters to the old parameters.
Disable renegotiation of session parameters. This can break some software
packages, but it's rarely used.
Revision
3199 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Nov 28 22:44:36 2009 UTC
(14 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3198
Import OpenBSD's sysctl sensors framework. This is based on work by Constantine A. Murenin for the 2007 Google summer of code for FreeBSD.
Includes:
sample config file for sensord
rc scripts
documentation fixes and updates
sys/kern/kern_sensors.c
sys/sensors.h
This is compatible with OpenBSD 4.1 and 4.2 in terms of the userland bits.
Revision
3196 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Nov 27 20:51:25 2009 UTC
(14 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3195
Add the pthread_condattr_init and pthread_condattr_destroy symbols to libc. This will be required for future versions of dbus to function properly on MidnightBSD.
Based on a FreeBSD patch by Joe Marcus Clarke.
Revision
3188 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Nov 26 18:00:44 2009 UTC
(14 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3186
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3187,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3174 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Nov 26 16:04:47 2009 UTC
(14 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3172
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3173,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3170 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Nov 26 15:43:31 2009 UTC
(14 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3168
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3169,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3161 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Nov 19 15:14:00 2009 UTC
(14 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3160
In some cases, pccards plugged in create "random" interrupts when first plugged into a system. This check avoids panicing on such events.
Revision
3158 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Nov 19 01:34:17 2009 UTC
(14 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3157
Experimental patch to get the nic to stop re-initializing so much on boot. This is caused when DHCP occurs for instance and causes problems with sendmail and other services on startup.
This requires extensive testing on re hardware
Revision
3156 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Nov 7 01:41:53 2009 UTC
(14 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3155
soreceive() will send an ACK right away if data was drained from a TCP socket that advertized a 0 sized window. However, the receive window had to be exactly zero. Change the code to check the raw window value instead.
Revision
3152 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Oct 31 21:32:03 2009 UTC
(14 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3151
Update m4 utility; sync with OpenBSD. Several little improvements have been made including using the ohash (in our libc) functions and some modern extensions from GNU m4.
Revision
3138 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Oct 24 05:13:57 2009 UTC
(14 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3137
Modify sysinstall to detect SMP systems and choose an alternate kernel on i386/amd64. This will allow us to ship both a UNI and SMP kernel instead of just a SMP kernel.
Revision
3137 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Oct 24 04:45:18 2009 UTC
(14 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3136
remove old documentation for architectures we never supported. Add some code to enable smp vs non smp kernels with the installer. note sysinstall changes have not been finished yet. update fixit.profile to include geom in the path
Revision
3132 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Oct 24 04:24:37 2009 UTC
(14 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3131
add -G to mkisoimages to work easier within chroot. tweak app availablility in boot crunch. we don't need usbd anymore
Revision
3130 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Oct 17 22:16:35 2009 UTC
(14 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3129
Add -A flag to adjust existing time stamps.
Print name by which program was started in usage() message.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
3125 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Oct 8 01:37:58 2009 UTC
(14 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3124
archite hasn't worked on this as security officer for awhile.. ctriv probably wants control over mport tools.
Revision
3084 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Oct 7 01:20:00 2009 UTC
(14 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3082
The cylinder group tag cg_initediblk needs to match the number of inodes
actually initialized. In the growfs case for UFS2, no inodes were actually
being initialized and the number of inodes noted as initialized was the
number of inodes per group. This created a filesystem that was deemed
corrupted because the inodes thus added were full of garbage.
Obtained from: FreeBSD, mjacob
Revision
3053 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Oct 4 15:06:50 2009 UTC
(14 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3052
we're going to need to set this to 1 for it to make sense even though our major version number isn't there yet.
Revision
3050 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Oct 4 04:53:15 2009 UTC
(14 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3049
After some consideration, it makes no sense to include two ftp daemons in the base system for a desktop os. That can be in mports
Revision
3047 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Oct 2 13:20:11 2009 UTC
(14 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3046
pthread_mutexattr_settype is failing for many cases due to an incorrect stub in libc.
Obtained from: FreeBSD, Joe Marcus Clarke
Revision
3037 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Aug 15 17:24:15 2009 UTC
(15 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3034
Make the default shell mksh for new user accounts. This script is usually run by end users and sh is not all that user friendly.
Revision
3033 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Jul 29 15:29:23 2009 UTC
(15 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3032
Patch for Bind 9 security vulnerability. a dynmaic update packet can trigger an assertion and cause named to exit
Revision
3032 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jul 11 12:19:33 2009 UTC
(15 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3031
Intel PIII chips report they have a thermal sensor but actually don't. Work around this problem by testing for them.
Revision
3026 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Jun 11 03:50:29 2009 UTC
(15 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3021
Fix the illegal instructions with libcrytpo stuff linking to openssl. (sendmail, dovecot, or anything else...)
This is a "feature" of gcc4 that adds illegal instructions to discourage casting certain ways. How nice.
Revision
3021 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Jun 10 15:35:50 2009 UTC
(15 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3020
Bump version to indicate the presense of new security patches.
This can also be a hint that libmport is connected to the build and netpgp.
Revision
3020 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Jun 10 15:34:13 2009 UTC
(15 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3019
The SIOCSIFINFO_IN6 ioctl is missing a necessary permissions check.
Don't let everyone on the planet (with local access) change the properties on the ipv6 interfaces.
Revision
3018 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Jun 9 21:27:26 2009 UTC
(15 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3017
add sqlite3, libarchive and libfetch to the early prebuilt lib list. This isn't exactly what we want to do, but it solves the libmport problem for now. (in terms of libmport finding it's libs)
Revision
3014 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Jun 8 01:50:50 2009 UTC
(15 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3012
Step one of libffi. This is a partially working environment. (i386 only for now)
The library compiles but we're not dealing with man pages, installing include files into /usr/include or other architectures.
It is not connected to the build.
Revision
3012 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Jun 8 01:15:53 2009 UTC
(15 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3010
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r3011,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3006 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jun 7 23:59:51 2009 UTC
(15 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3005
Add netpgp makefile. This is intentionally not connected to the build yet as there are a few outstanding issues. It does compile and run if libnetpgp is installed. (tested i386 current)
Revision
3005 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jun 7 23:50:18 2009 UTC
(15 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3003
Start of netpgp library from NetBSD current. This is based on the openpgpsdk, but cleaned up a lot. We can verify and sign using a gpg compatible lib but with a bsd license
Revision
3001 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jun 6 23:40:38 2009 UTC
(15 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3000
Remove pcc from base system. The idea was sound, but the implementation is just not there yet. This raises many questions about compiling the system with pcc direclty. This can't happen since it's on a C compiler and we've got several C++ libraries. This also hurts our Objective-C efforts. If we go with an alternate compiler, it must be something that supports at least Objective-C or C++. (ideally and)
I still want to try to make the system more pcc friendly, but the system is not ready for such an incomplete compiler.
Revision
2998 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jun 6 04:34:08 2009 UTC
(15 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2997
Add NO_SYNCHRONIZE_CACHE which fakes a success result for bad IDE bridges since we can't do this in the CAM layer like a traditional SCSI device
Revision
2996 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jun 6 03:50:38 2009 UTC
(15 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2995
Add a workaround for the CYPRESS USB PATA chipset used for many usb drive enclosures (including the one on my desk). This fixes the SYNCHRONIZE CACHE errors people get with this device. I've noticed it under testing with ZFS.
Revision
2946 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri May 22 15:55:45 2009 UTC
(15 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2944
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2945,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2944 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri May 22 15:54:09 2009 UTC
(15 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2942
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2943,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2942 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri May 22 15:52:15 2009 UTC
(15 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2940
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2941,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2940 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri May 22 15:47:24 2009 UTC
(15 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2938
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2939,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2938 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri May 22 15:45:42 2009 UTC
(15 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2936
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2937,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2929 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri May 22 01:06:57 2009 UTC
(15 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2927
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2928,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2927 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri May 22 01:04:59 2009 UTC
(15 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2925
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2926,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2925 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri May 22 01:02:14 2009 UTC
(15 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2923
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2924,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2917 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu May 21 00:08:40 2009 UTC
(15 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2916
Get rid of more pc98 fluff. Add a message warning Vista users about our boot manager. Remove support for tape drives. This never worked.
Revision
2914 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed May 20 23:33:31 2009 UTC
(15 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2913
Prompt user for keymap/country selection. This will adjust the map for different locales, etc. Also remove configuration options for exim and postfix as we don't have mports for them.
Revision
2911 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed May 20 22:24:27 2009 UTC
(15 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2910
We no longer have usbd, devd does all the heavy lifting.
ALso, remove process limits from sysinstall. It makes absolutely no sense to have process limits for the installer.
Revision
2903 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed May 20 16:34:47 2009 UTC
(15 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2902
Overhaul re(4).
o Increased number of Rx/Tx descriptors to 256 for 8169 GigEs
because it's hard to push the hardware to the limit with default
64 descriptors.
TSO requires large number of Tx descriptors to pass a full sized
TCP segment(65535 bytes IP packet) to hardware. Previously it
consumed 32 Tx descriptors, assuming MCLBYTES DMA segment size,
to send the TCP segment which means re(4) couldn't queue more
than two full sized IP packets.
For 8139C+ it still uses 64 Rx/Tx descriptors due to its hardware
limitations. With this changes there are (very) small waste of
memory for 8139C+ users but I don't think it would affect 8139C+
users for most cases.
o Various bus_dma(9) fixes.
- The hardware supports DAC so allow 64bit DMA operations.
- Removed BUS_DMA_ALLOC_NOW flag.
- Increased DMA segment size to 4096 from MCLBYTES because TSO
consumes too many descriptors with MCLBYTES DMA segment size.
- Tx/Rx side bus_dmamap_load_mbuf_sg(9) support. With these
changes the code is more readable than previous one and got a
(slightly) better performance as it doesn't need to pass/
decode arguments to/from callback function.
- Removed unnecessary callback function re_dmamap_desc() and
nuked rl_dmaload_arg structure which was used in the callback.
- Additional protection for DMA map load failure. In case of
failure reuse current map instead of returning a bogus DMA
map.
- Deferred DMA map unloading/sync operation for maximum
performance until we really need to load new DMA map. If we
happen to reuse current map(e.g. input error) there is no need
to sync/unload/load again.
- The number of allowable Tx DMA segments for a mbuf chains are
now 32 instead of magic nseg value. If the number of available
Tx descriptors are short enough to send highly fragmented mbuf
chains an optimized re_defrag() is called to collapse mbuf
chains which is supposed to be much faster than m_defrag(9).
re_defrag() was borrowed from ath(4).
- Separated Rx/Tx DMA tag from a common DMA tag such that Rx DMA
tag correctly uses DMA maps that were created with DMA alignment
restriction(8bytes alignments). Tx DMA tag does not have such
alignment limitation.
- Added additional sanity checks for DMA ring map load failure.
- Added additional spare Rx DMA map for graceful handling of Rx
DMA map load failure.
- Fixed misused bus_dmamap_sync(9) and added missing
bus_dmamap_sync(9) in re_encap()/re_txeof()/re_rxeof().
o Enabled TSO again as re(4) have reasonable number of Tx
descriptors.
o Don't touch DMA address of a Tx descriptor in re_txeof(). It's
not needed.
o Fix incorrect update of if_ierrors counter. For Rx buffer
shortage it should update if_qdrops as the buffer is reused.
o Added checks for unsupported H/W revisions and return ENXIO for
these hardwares. This is required to remove resource allocation
code in re_probe as other drivers do in device probe routine.
o Modified descriptor index manipulation macros as it's now possible
to have different number of descriptors for Rx/Tx.
o In re_start, to save a lock operation, use IFQ_DRV_IS_EMPTY before
trying to invoke IFQ_DRV_DEQUEUE. Also don't blindly call re_encap
since we already know the number of available Tx descriptors in
advance.
o Removed RL_TX_DESC_THLD which was used to reserve RL_TX_DESC_THLD
descriptors in Tx path. There is no such a limitation mentioned in
8139C+/8169/8110/8168/8101/8111 datasheet and it seems to work ok
without reserving RL_TX_DESC_THLD descriptors.
o Fix a comment for RL_GTXSTART. The register is 8bits register.
o Added comments for 8169/8139C+ hardware restrictions on descriptors.
o Removed forward declaration for "struct rl_softc", it's not needed.
o Added a new structure rl_txdesc for Tx descriptor managements and
a structure rl_rxdesc for Rx descriptor managements.
o Removed unused member variable rl_intlock in driver softc. There are
still several unused member variables which are supposed to be used
to access hardware statistics counters. But it seems that accessing
hardware counters were not implemented yet.
Obtained from: FreeBSD , RELENG_7 if_re.c 1.101, if_re.c 1.102, if_rlreg.h 1.70
Revision
2901 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed May 20 16:25:39 2009 UTC
(15 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2900
By definition promiscuous mode should see all unicast frames as well
as multicast/broadcast frames. Previously re(4) ignored multicast
frames in promiscuous mode. The RTL8169 datasheet was not clear
how it handles multicast frames in promiscuous mode.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
2900 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed May 20 16:11:43 2009 UTC
(15 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2899
Enabling powerd by default was a good idea, but quite error prone. On my new system and several others, it causes panics. It also seems to interfere with stable operation on older hyperthreaded Pentium 4 based systems (such as the Dell GX270)
Let's disable it here and plan on adding an option in the installer to turn it on or off.
Revision
2895 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat May 16 22:28:29 2009 UTC
(15 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2894
Use single byte read and write operations to toggle the BIOS and OS
semaphores rather than 4 byte operations.
Revision
2889 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat May 16 21:57:17 2009 UTC
(15 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2887
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2888,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2886 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat May 16 18:38:51 2009 UTC
(15 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2885
add CPUID bits to ident phenom processor
There are several new CPUIDs to recognize AMD Extended Features, ECX 07FFh for Phenom processor.
According to [1], they are:
Bit 0: LAHF/SAHF
Bit 1: CMP
Bit 2: SVM (Secure Virtual Mode)
Bit 3: APIC
Bit 4: MOV CR8
*Bit 5: Advanced Bit Manipulation (LZCNT)
*Bit 6: SSE4A (EXTRQ, INSERTQ, MOVNTSS, MOVNTSD)
*Bit 7: Misalign SSE
Bit 8: 3DNow! (PREFETCH и PREFTECHW)
*Bit 9: OS Visible Workaround
*Bit 10: Instruction Based Sampling
* - missing bits in amd64/identcpu.c
[1]http://www.amd.com/us-en/assets/content_type/white_papers_and_tech_docs/31116.pdf
Based on patch by pluknet for FreeBSD
Revision
2880 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun May 3 21:01:08 2009 UTC
(15 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2879
we're seeing some problems installing moduli sine the openssh migration in world. Let's try installing it this way
Revision
2860 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat May 2 16:45:51 2009 UTC
(15 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2858
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2859,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2848 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Apr 23 04:23:54 2009 UTC
(15 years, 5 months ago)
by
ctriv
Diff to
previous 2847
Look for libraries in $DESTDIR/lib first. This unbreaks building perl for a
0.3 world on a 0.2 box. This isn't 100% correct yet, work needs to be done
on limiting where the perl configure looks for libs.
Revision
2841 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Apr 22 18:06:36 2009 UTC
(15 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2840
The function ASN1_STRING_print_ex does not properly validate the lengths
of BMPString or UniversalString objects before attempting to print them.
Remotely exploitable bug in openssl
Revision
2833 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Apr 16 02:03:03 2009 UTC
(15 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2832
One of the problems seen on smultron's box was that bootstrap tools were not build. Correct an error in that section to force tools to build again.
Revision
2830 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Apr 16 01:27:14 2009 UTC
(15 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2829
Add the '-u name' option to the env command, which will completely
unset the given variable name (removing it from the environment, instead
of just setting it to a null value).
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
2824 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Apr 15 19:22:31 2009 UTC
(15 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2823
Correct the following defect in PF, originally reported to OpenBSD and later in our #midnightbsd chatroom:
Author : Rembrandt
Date : 2009-04-09
Affected Software: OpenBSD Kernel
Affected OS : OpenBSD 4.{3,4,5}, OpenBSD-current
Propably older versions are affected as well
Type : Denial of Service
OSVDB :
Milw0rm : 8406
CVE :
ISS X-Force: :
BID : 34482
Secunia : 34676
VUPEN ID :
Trying to fix it responsible and get in contact with the vendor:
-- OpenBSD --
Contacted 2009-04-09 15:35 GMT+1
Patch avaiable 2009-04-11 23:43 UTC
We received no response nor a notification about an upcoming patch by
the developers.
-- END --
OpenBSDs PF firewall in OpenBSD 4.3 up to OpenBSD-current is prone to a
remote Denial of Service during a null pointer dereference in relation with
special crafted IP datagrams. If the firewall handles such a packet the kernel
panics.
Steps to reproduce:
If you are behind a OpenBSD firewall this nmap scan should trigger the problem
and crash your firewall device:
nmap -sO $some_host_so_that_the_firewall_handles_the_packets
For more informations please do read the patch issued by OpenBSD.
Patches and Workaround:
Patches are provided for OpenBSD 4.3, 4.4, 4.5 (upcoming, release 1st of may)
and OpenBSD-current (via CVS only) and are avaiable at the errata website.
The developers provide hints for a workaround at their errata website too.
Kind regards,
Rembrandt
Revision
2823 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Apr 15 16:48:51 2009 UTC
(15 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2822
ports is renamed mports and i've made several changes to the manual for midnightbsd. more are needed at a later date. We were installing as ports and mports anyway.
Revision
2790 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Apr 15 01:30:04 2009 UTC
(15 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2789
update syscall timing program. rename socket testing, add dgram socketpair_stream socketpair_dgram test. from freebsd/rwatson
Revision
2767 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Apr 11 19:33:46 2009 UTC
(15 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2766
This script creates html pages from installed man pages in /usr/share/man (or whatever path you specify). It will do section 1-9 of the manual.
TODO:
Generate indexes for each section of the manual and a main index page.
Post processing on the output with other tools so it's not so ugly.
Revision
2763 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Apr 11 16:58:38 2009 UTC
(15 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2762
$MidnightBSD$
At some point we should revisit this and move over to the newer tty handling code so COMPAT_43 isn't needed.
Revision
2756 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Apr 11 04:43:26 2009 UTC
(15 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2755
Don't bother the user with a cryptic "file not found" message. The sysctl is failing only in cases we don't have a battery in the system or it is not reporting battery life.
Revision
2744 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Apr 5 23:35:06 2009 UTC
(15 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2743
drop the pc98 arch and set the amd64 32bit libs up so that they work on all amd64 compatible cpus. also enable the VERSION var for a future project
Revision
2736 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Apr 4 15:15:07 2009 UTC
(15 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2735
Enable support for the Microsoft Hyper-V virtual machine system in Windows 2008 server, etc.
You may still need to set the media type for dhcp clients, but at least the system can now shutdown properly.
Revision
2730 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Apr 3 05:16:13 2009 UTC
(15 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2729
remove csup from the base system. We've had some open bug reports on this and it looks like we might migrate off cvs anyway. It does not support cvs 1.12.x properly.
Revision
2722 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Mar 30 15:33:04 2009 UTC
(15 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2721
Temporarily back out the mksh change. This kills buildworld too. We need to evaluate the sitatuation before proceeding.
Revision
2718 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 29 19:07:20 2009 UTC
(15 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2716
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2717,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2704 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 29 03:16:35 2009 UTC
(15 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2703
last commit of the evening :)
Fix a few problems with this man page in relation to the new mksh(1) as /bin/sh change. The list needs to be revised for mksh features and missing ashisms.
Revision
2698 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 29 03:00:26 2009 UTC
(15 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2696
Temporarily disable ahd, adaptec 79xx driver from lint testing until we get it working again. Currently it's a compile error and we need to test other parts of the system
Revision
2696 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 29 02:56:05 2009 UTC
(15 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2694
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2695,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2656 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Mar 25 18:10:52 2009 UTC
(15 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2655
bump version. We've made a number of changes to both userland and the kernel. Make it easier to sort this mess out.
Revision
2649 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Mar 25 17:51:27 2009 UTC
(15 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2647
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2648,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2645 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Mar 25 16:59:32 2009 UTC
(15 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2643
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2644,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2638 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Mar 25 16:02:19 2009 UTC
(15 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2636
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2637,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2633 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Mar 23 01:57:18 2009 UTC
(15 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2632
Security fix for ktimer, the posix per process timer as defined in POSIX real time extensions. This only affects current.
Revision
2632 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Mar 20 22:26:12 2009 UTC
(15 years, 6 months ago)
by
ctriv
Diff to
previous 2631
Nagging is a great thing for freebsd to be doing. We're not going to
make much of a difference nagging though, and it's slowing down builds.
Remove the sleep.
Revision
2624 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Mar 16 17:31:22 2009 UTC
(15 years, 6 months ago)
by
ctriv
Diff to
previous 2623
Now compress man pages properly.
Todo:
* decide on the compiletime options we want. Two big ones are 64 bit
support and threads
* fix building in '.'. Right now you have to make obj first.
* test building when perl isn't already installed. I think it'll
work...
Revision
2622 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Mar 16 16:23:37 2009 UTC
(15 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2621
Fix information leakage. Some jackass didn't use -DPURIFY which lets the code run memset. So uninitialized memory is written to db files all over the system.
Revision
2618 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 15 23:23:49 2009 UTC
(15 years, 6 months ago)
by
ctriv
Diff to
previous 2617
start of our core perl.
Right now the man pages aren't handled correctly, nor is building in '.'.
Not yet ready to be connected to the build.
Revision
2614 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 15 20:26:09 2009 UTC
(15 years, 6 months ago)
by
ctriv
Diff to
previous 2612
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2613,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2609 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 15 19:20:10 2009 UTC
(15 years, 6 months ago)
by
ctriv
Diff to
previous 2607
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2608,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2597 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 1 19:21:37 2009 UTC
(15 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2596
o Add stub support for some new futex operations,
so the annoying message is not printed.
o Don't warn about FUTEX_FD not being implemented
and return ENOSYS instead of 0 (eg. success).
o Clear FUTEX_PRIVATE_FLAG as we actually implement
only private futexes so there is no reason to
return ENOSYS when app asks for a private futex.
We don't reject shared futexes because they worked
just fine with our implementation so far.
Obtained from freebsd, rdivacky
Revision
2586 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Jan 20 20:10:04 2009 UTC
(15 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2585
sc->ndis_txidx should be cycle between 0 and sc->ndis_maxpkts, not
NDIS_TXPKTS and don't allocate unused extra spaces for sc->ndis_txarray
and sc->ndis_txpool.
Revision
2585 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Jan 20 19:53:10 2009 UTC
(15 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2584
This fix was found in freebsd pr 124225
Description:
Normally, when packets are queued to the ndis network interface, ndis_start()
is called to move packets from the interface send queue to the underlying
NDIS driver.
If the network link is down or the underlying driver is busy transmitting data,
ndis_start() just returns.
When the link goes up, ndis_starttask() is supposed to be called after
ndis_ticktask() in order to transmit already queued packets.
After a watchdog timeout, ndis_starttask() is likewise supposed to be called
after ndis_resettask().
Unfortunately, work items used for triggering calls to ndis_ticktask(),
ndis_starttask() and ndis_resettask() are placed on separarate task lists which
are handled by separate kernel processes, thus losing ordering information
about when the tasks should be performed in relation to each other.
If the interface send queue is full after a watchdog timeout or link up event
and the tasks were handled in the wrong order then further attempts to send
packets via the interface results in ENOBUFS ("No buffer space available").
How-To-Repeat:
Use the ndis driver for a wireless network card in an area with many APs on
nearby channels and on a machine with many active tcp connections, causing link
to temporarily go down every few hours, and the interface send queue to be
filled while the link is temporarily down.
Fix:
A proper fix is to ensure that related tasks are handled in the correct order.
The following kludge justs add extra attempts at scheduling calls to
ndis_starttask() as part of the processing of ndis_ticktask() and
ndis_resettask(). It depends on defensive coding in IoQueueWorkItem(),
i.e. that nothing is done if the work item is already queued.
Revision
2583 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Jan 20 19:40:53 2009 UTC
(15 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2582
Fix a problem with broadcom and marvell wifi using ndis. Scan results are not stored properly as some do not give a desired buffer length. Make a default. This fixes problems with some macbooks too
Revision
2571 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Jan 19 22:40:09 2009 UTC
(15 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2570
Document the "temporary" firmware installation procedure and make a few other adjustments for MidnightBSD. This must get better.
Revision
2564 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Jan 19 22:02:25 2009 UTC
(15 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2563
Add bwi to MidnightBSD. bwi is a very limited broadcom wireless nic adapter from DragonFly, NetBSD, and OpenBSD. This is not connected to the build and requires a firmware which is hard to come by.
Revision
2530 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jan 17 16:25:06 2009 UTC
(15 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2529
Emit a warning when the network_interfaces variable is not set to AUTO and change wpa_supplicant to down the interface at the start of the init routine. wpa_supplicant expects that it has exclusive access to the net80211 state. This stops errors trying to scan when it's already scanning causing a problem connecting. This was an issue for firmware based cards in particular. Do not bother ifconfig up(ing) the interface since it is downed again
Revision
2504 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jan 4 23:53:26 2009 UTC
(15 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2502
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2503,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2498 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jan 4 23:41:20 2009 UTC
(15 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2496
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2497,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2453 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Dec 10 17:54:40 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2452
add nfe(4), zyd(4). Remove kame and worm as the former is complete and the latter never existed in MidnightBSD.
Revision
2438 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Dec 9 21:56:57 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2437
enable wheel group for sudoers. We may prefer to add individual users later with the installer, but this is a good default for now
Revision
2434 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Dec 9 18:34:02 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2432
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2433,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2406 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Dec 9 16:35:01 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2405
triv and i discussed the versioning and decided a 0.3 is needed to get the bugs out of the upcoming installer and mports tools
Revision
2391 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Dec 7 03:28:31 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2390
Remove 3c501 isa based 3com nic. This is quite old and not entirely in line with the current development. I don't even have a system with an ISA slot to test one in if i had one. Also remove pcf which is replaced with i2c
Revision
2379 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Dec 6 05:08:38 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2378
Replace the batt command with a new implementation written in C. This version uses the sysctlbyname interface to collect data and runs much more quickly. Still requires ACPI battery information.
Add l, t and u flags to show the battery life as a percentage, time remaining, and number of batteries (units). The default is l and t.
Revision
2347 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Dec 3 03:08:01 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2345
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2346,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2344 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Dec 3 02:18:09 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2342
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2343,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2341 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Dec 3 01:59:22 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2339
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2340,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2339 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Dec 3 00:52:22 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2337
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2338,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2324 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Dec 2 22:45:54 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2322
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2323,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2317 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Dec 2 17:02:36 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2315
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2316,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2314 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Dec 2 16:56:16 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2312
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2313,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2311 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Dec 2 16:33:15 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2309
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2310,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2309 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Dec 2 16:21:32 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2307
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2308,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2306 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Dec 2 15:19:07 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2304
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2305,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2301 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Dec 2 03:20:07 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2299
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2300,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2295 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Dec 2 03:04:22 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2293
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2294,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2290 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Dec 2 02:47:13 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2288
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2289,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2282 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Dec 2 00:40:40 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2280
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2281,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2280 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Dec 2 00:29:04 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2278
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2279,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2277 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Dec 2 00:09:05 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2275
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2276,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2275 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Dec 2 00:03:27 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2273
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2274,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2273 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Dec 1 23:46:38 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2272
Make additional modifications to ata-chipset to syncronize with changes elsewhere in ata. Temporarily back out the sata + cd patch we were using (for the most part) to see how stable this is without it.
Revision
2265 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Nov 30 20:07:43 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2263
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2264,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2262 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Nov 30 19:50:59 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2260
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2261,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2258 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Nov 30 19:32:07 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2256
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2257,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2254 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Nov 30 16:26:42 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2252
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2253,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2249 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Nov 29 22:35:57 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2247
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2248,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2240 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Nov 29 17:28:21 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2238
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2239,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2234 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Nov 29 16:44:09 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2232
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2233,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2224 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Nov 28 16:40:56 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2222
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2223,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2221 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Nov 27 13:51:53 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2219
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2220,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2217 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Nov 26 22:11:53 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2215
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2216,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2215 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Nov 26 21:15:10 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2213
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2214,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2211 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Nov 26 18:59:53 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2209
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2210,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2209 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Nov 26 18:10:35 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2207
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2208,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2205 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Nov 26 17:54:54 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2203
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2204,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2201 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Nov 26 15:45:16 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2199
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2200,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2198 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Nov 26 15:39:29 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2196
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2197,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2195 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Nov 26 15:32:39 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2193
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2194,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2192 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Nov 26 15:09:42 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2190
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2191,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2190 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Nov 26 00:30:55 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2188
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2189,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2182 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Nov 25 17:15:05 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2180
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2181,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2175 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Nov 25 17:05:34 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2173
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2174,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2171 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Nov 25 16:44:46 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2169
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2170,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2168 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Nov 25 16:37:36 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2166
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2167,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2166 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Nov 25 05:30:31 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2164
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2165,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2164 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Nov 25 05:25:28 2008 UTC
(15 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2162
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2163,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2144 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Nov 23 17:43:32 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2142
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2143,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2139 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Nov 22 17:34:20 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2137
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2138,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2137 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Nov 22 16:46:18 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2135
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2136,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2135 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Nov 22 16:05:47 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2133
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2134,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2133 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Nov 22 14:33:11 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2131
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2132,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2131 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Nov 21 22:32:26 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2129
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2130,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2125 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Nov 21 21:00:10 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2123
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2124,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2123 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Nov 21 14:50:09 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2121
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2122,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2110 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Nov 20 18:06:56 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2108
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2109,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2103 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Nov 19 22:47:46 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2101
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2102,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2101 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Nov 19 22:13:33 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2099
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2100,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2098 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Nov 19 21:48:31 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2096
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2097,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2092 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Nov 18 19:32:41 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2090
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2091,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2088 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Nov 18 18:39:58 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2086
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2087,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2086 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Nov 18 17:38:01 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2084
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2085,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2084 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Nov 18 16:51:44 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2082
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2083,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2082 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Nov 18 16:32:23 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2080
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2081,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2080 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Nov 18 03:39:50 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2078
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2079,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2078 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Nov 18 02:07:38 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2076
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2077,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2074 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Nov 17 23:27:33 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2072
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2073,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2070 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Nov 16 22:30:13 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2068
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2069,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2067 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Nov 16 22:15:39 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2065
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2066,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2065 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Nov 16 22:12:28 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2064
Add sade utility (connect to build). This is a disk editor which duplicates some of the functionality of sysinstall so that we can remove it later.
Does not support gmirror, etc yet. It's better than nothing.
Revision
2061 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Nov 16 22:02:27 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2059
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2060,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2058 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Nov 16 21:57:03 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2056
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2057,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2056 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Nov 14 19:15:59 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2054
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2055,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2054 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Nov 14 14:48:50 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2052
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2053,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2049 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Nov 13 20:19:02 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2047
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2048,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2046 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Nov 13 15:09:38 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2044
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2045,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2041 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Nov 13 14:57:29 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2039
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2040,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2038 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Nov 13 14:38:31 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2036
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2037,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2035 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Nov 13 00:01:47 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2033
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2034,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2033 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Nov 12 14:24:33 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2031
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2032,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2031 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Nov 11 23:31:14 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2029
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2030,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2018 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Nov 11 22:08:20 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2016
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2017,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
2012 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Nov 11 21:29:37 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2011
Remove mca which was only used for ia64.
Add recoverdisk, a handy utility for hard drives and optical media.
Sync idmapd with freebsd 7.
Switch to the new world order.
Revision
2009 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Nov 11 20:27:40 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2007
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2008,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
1993 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Nov 10 21:10:37 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1992
Alright my approach was flawed. I can just define that we've got some of these functions now in config.h (from the new OpenSSL)
Revision
1990 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Nov 7 23:01:03 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1988
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1989,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
1985 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Nov 7 18:51:59 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1983
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1984,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
1982 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Nov 7 17:13:51 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1980
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1981,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
1980 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Nov 7 17:03:06 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1978
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1979,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
1978 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Nov 7 16:49:01 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1976
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1977,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
1964 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Nov 3 18:21:07 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1963
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1963,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
1962 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Oct 31 20:45:58 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1960
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1961,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
1955 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Oct 30 22:06:56 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1953
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1954,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
1939 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Oct 30 20:39:11 2008 UTC
(15 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1935
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1938,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
1934 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Oct 17 17:20:42 2008 UTC
(15 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1933
We're having a lot of compliants about pkg_add failing which seem to be firewall related. Drop the firewall during the firstboot script and bring it back up after fetching.
Revision
1926 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Oct 7 01:56:49 2008 UTC
(15 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1925
deal with the ncurses issue and the order things are built. Prepare to go forward with gcc update (part one of many)
Revision
1924 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Oct 5 18:18:58 2008 UTC
(15 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1923
update procedure:
cd /usr/src; cvs update -d
cd share/mk; make install
cd ../../lib/ncurses
make (you'll get errors)
make install
make
make install
Revision
1919 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Oct 5 15:21:41 2008 UTC
(15 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1917
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1918,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
1910 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Oct 2 02:01:58 2008 UTC
(15 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1909
Move libpthread to libkse. Prepare to set libthr as the default threading library.
Move libncurses to ncurses. Prepare to import a newer version of ncurses.
Revision
1866 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 29 20:36:53 2008 UTC
(15 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1865
Sync make with freebsd
$MidnightBSD$
<limits.h> is necessary for using INT_MIN, so included it here
explicitly rather than relying on name space pollution to pull it in
for us.
No need to tell make to DTRT with "make love", just do it.
Also remove the 2002/08/31 bootstrapping aid for upgrades from
year old (mid-2001) systems.
Fix splitting into words of the .for expression to allow for
spaces in values. Without this change, the following valid
call broke due to parsing of .MAKEFLAGS in bsd.symver.mk:
cd /usr/src/lib/libc && make -n DEBUG_FLAGS="-DFOO -DBAR"
If the special target .MAKEFILEDEPS exists, then enable the
"remaking makefiles" feature. Otherwise, follow traditional Pmake behavior.
Revision
1865 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 29 12:32:37 2008 UTC
(15 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1863
Don't split large commands into multiple commands on a 512-byte
boundary but just fail on them. This prevents CSRF-like attacks,
when a web browser is used to access an ftp server.
Reported to OpenBSD by Maksymilian Arciemowicz <cxib@securityreason.com>
Also includes a command "500 Command too long" as part of a revised patch by Luk
e Mewburn.
http://web.nvd.nist.gov/view/vuln/detail;jsessionid=df97c3e18c5c787b6c316f886ad5
?execution=e1s1
CVE-2008-4247
Revision
1806 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Sep 4 02:55:23 2008 UTC
(16 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1804
Improve reliability of nforce4 adapters:
- When setting up a packet for transmit, if we the tx ring is over half
full, kick the binary blob to force it to complete any pending tx
completions.
- In the watchdog routine, poke the binary blob to force it to flush any
pending tx completions and only reset the chip if the blob doesn't
complete any of them.
Altqify nve(4).
Obtained from FreeBSD.
Revision
1804 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Sep 4 02:20:43 2008 UTC
(16 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1803
In case of an incoming ICMPv6 'Packet Too Big Message', there is an
insufficient check on the proposed new MTU for a path to the destination.
CVE-2008-3530
Revision
1795 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Sep 2 05:29:39 2008 UTC
(16 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1794
Add progress(1) from NetBSD.
progress(1) is a standalone progress bar similar to the one in lukemftp. It is suitable for measu
ring input to arbitrary pipes.
You can use this to create progress bars in scripts, etc.
Revision
1756 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Aug 25 01:59:52 2008 UTC
(16 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1754
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1755,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
1753 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Aug 24 00:12:26 2008 UTC
(16 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1752
remove the freebsd develpers from the maintainer list. We're on our own.
We should adjust the various src tree MAINTAINER areas eventually.
Revision
1752 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Aug 17 03:56:12 2008 UTC
(16 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1751
Add batt, a rudimentary command to check the battery life on systems including batteries (typically laptops) that report via ACPI.
This command only reports information visible by sysctl.
Revision
1749 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Aug 17 03:04:22 2008 UTC
(16 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1748
Bring in changes from DragonFly to MidnightBSD version of cpdup.
Update to 1.11 (previous version 1.09).
This includes some improvements to the multithreaded code as well as fixes for the protocol. As older versions are not compatible, it's important to run the same versions. This should work with DragonFly 2.0's cpdup.
Revision
1739 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Jul 11 23:40:39 2008 UTC
(16 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1738
Add a default resolv.conf. This will set some DNS servers for systems not using dhcp, etc. We need to make /etc writable on the live cd in reality. This is a stop-gap.
This uses OpenDNS servers. My previous live cds used my own DNS servers, but I've since turned off recursion for security reasons.
Revision
1719 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Jul 1 07:45:59 2008 UTC
(16 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1718
Add additional intel, nvidia, and amd parts. The intel device using 0x28508086 is an ICH8 mobile ultra ata controller, but I'm not sure what identifier to use with it. It is a santa rosa 2850 controller. Some of these ids are from FreeBSD 6.3 (Soren and other contributors).
Revision
1715 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Jul 1 00:57:34 2008 UTC
(16 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1714
We added this when working on msk. However, it's not currently used. This will require additional changes to get pciE/pci-x
Revision
1704 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Jun 30 04:47:30 2008 UTC
(16 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1703
Use correct date syntax for copyrights. I'm not certain on the legality of using the project name there. I've heard mixed things. We'll stick with this
until we can find out.
Revision
1695 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Jun 30 02:45:42 2008 UTC
(16 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1694
Add extensions to the standard to the man page.
Don't reset DST computed by strptime()
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
1689 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Jun 30 02:20:01 2008 UTC
(16 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1688
Syncronize some changes with FreeBSD.
Make -a map to -RpP
prevent statistics from overflowing, avoid division by zero, etc.
hold copied counter in off_t
Update man page with some of these changes.
Report any bugs to me with this change.
Revision
1686 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Jun 30 01:16:47 2008 UTC
(16 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1685
Make chflags(1) more chmod(1) like.
Add -v to print file names as they are processed and -vv to print flag names as well.
Add -f to ignore failures.
Obtained from FreeBSD CURRENT. Submitted to them by Ighighi at gmail.com
Revision
1685 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Jun 30 00:49:38 2008 UTC
(16 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1684
Fix bugs with arithmatic expansion $((...)) was truncated to type int.
Change the type for arithmatic expansion to intmax_t on all architectures. SUSv3 requires type long, but allows for larger values.
This improves compability with other shells such as bash, zsh and NetBSD's sh.
Expand $LINENO to the current line number. (SUSv3)
This fixes stupid autotools scripts. (i'm looking at you graphviz)
Merged from FreeBSD CURRENT.
Revision
1684 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Jun 30 00:40:10 2008 UTC
(16 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1683
Merge changes from FreeBSD and NetBSD.
Support for command -v and -V
Fixes for erre option
A fix for a crash caused by SIGINT
POSIX compliant set +o output
A fix for unalias' exit code.
Man page updates.
Code cleanup, WANRS 3
Revision
1683 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jun 28 18:24:33 2008 UTC
(16 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1681
Increase timeout from 5 to 10 seconds. This is an arbritrary value and found to be too short on SATA disks for certain operations. (moving bad blocks for instance)
This might also help with write errors in virtual machines.
Revision
1681 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Jun 27 16:59:34 2008 UTC
(16 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1678
Switch to glabel version of cdrom device. This should allow more flexability with booting off of USB and SCSI cdroms.
Revision
1675 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Jun 27 16:28:38 2008 UTC
(16 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1674
Move AHC and AHD options so they are near the drivers.
Enable firmware(9).
Enable WEP and WPA in kernel.
Fix whitespace problem. For options entries use space and tab not double tab.
Revision
1662 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Jun 25 20:17:31 2008 UTC
(16 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1661
Add cpufreq(4) and GEOM_LABEL aka GLABEL to GENERIC on i386 and amd64.
cpufreq works with powerd which is already enabled on systems without ACPI support for CPU frequency using several chipsets (intel). This may cause problems for some people which might require an install option for powerd. This needs testing.
glabel allows one to name disks and reference them in dev by that name instead of their normal designation like acd0 or ad0s2d. By adding this to generic, we can easily make a live cd that works on more types of CDROMs. FreeBSD is also moving in this direction for other reasons.
Until the latter can be tested on sparc64, I'll keep it out of generic. We don't support sun style labels right now anyway.
Revision
1661 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Jun 25 19:49:04 2008 UTC
(16 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1657
Install pcc into /usr/bin /usr/libexec. Do not install man pages as they conflict with gcc equivalants.
Programs installed are pcc, pccom and pccp.
Revision
1640 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed May 28 21:04:01 2008 UTC
(16 years, 3 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1638
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1639,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
1637 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri May 23 20:23:49 2008 UTC
(16 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1636
Break up buildiso into two targets. This will allow us to make modifications to the environment manually before creating the tarballs we're extracting on md devices. (package installation?)
Revision
1629 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu May 22 20:47:40 2008 UTC
(16 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1628
Add some comments.
Delete /var/empty as it's created automagically and causing a tar extract error when we boot up.
Revision
1624 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu May 22 20:27:34 2008 UTC
(16 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1623
Remove firstboot script. Create tarballs of /var, /usr/local/etc and /root so we can extract them onto the md device(s).
Revision
1614 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat May 17 18:03:08 2008 UTC
(16 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1613
In ip_ctloutput(), check for a NULL inpcb pointer before dereferencing,
as this can occur with TCP if protocol-layer socket options are set or
queried after the connection has closed. There are still races
associated with ip_ctloutput() and connection close with TCP, corrected
in HEAD via a more comprehensive set of changes, but this fixes the
trivial panic reported on several occasions.
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
1609 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat May 17 06:47:35 2008 UTC
(16 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1608
$MidnightBSD$
- Prefer clock_gettime(2) over gettimeofday(2) and use CLOCK_MONOTONIC
as it is only used to track elapsed time.[1]
- Fix compiler warnings and style(9) bugs.
consume kld_isloaded(3).
Fix a (very) longstanding bug in moused(8) affecting high-resolution
rodents when linear acceleration (-a) was enabled with a <1 value to
slow them down.
Previously, rounding errors would eat small movements so the mouse
had to be moved a certain distance to get any movement at all. We
now calculate the rounding errors and take them into account when
reporting movement.
Add dynamic acceleration to moused(8). This introduces a '-A' flag to
control the acceleration algorithm. It can be used together with the '-a'
flag for regular acceleration. [1]
Convert macros to use C99's syntax for macros with a variable number of
arguments.
Markup fixes to moused(8).
Obtained from: FreeBSD
Revision
1606 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat May 17 05:36:05 2008 UTC
(16 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1605
Syncronize the cpu detection code on i386 and amd64 with FreeBSD 6.2.
Add better SMP detection including multicore cpus. Detect features on newer processors and initialize them properly. Add support for some newer via c7 cpus.
Also make a subtle adjustment to tcp_syncache.c (unrelated)
Revision
1604 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat May 17 04:45:52 2008 UTC
(16 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1603
$MidnightBSD$
Add some k8 errata hacks to powernow.
smist:
Use bus_dma to get a page in the first 4 GB. Since the physical address
of the magic string is passed in a 32-bit register, we can't use high
memory in the PAE case. This also eliminates a use of vtophys().
Obtained from: FreeBSD.
Revision
1599 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri May 16 23:38:38 2008 UTC
(16 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1598
Pick the smallest possible TCP window scaling factor that will still allow us ot scale up to sb_max aka
kern.ipc.maxsockbuf.
Anything larger will cause window scaling corruption on some firewalls. (other end will think unscaled)
Obtained from: FreeBSD revision 1.131
Revision
1596 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri May 16 21:40:36 2008 UTC
(16 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1595
(needs more testing)
Create a ssh subdirectory and alter the ssh config installation so that it runs in it's own Makefile. This let's us deal with
the new blacklist files in a easy fashion.
Revision
1587 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu May 15 05:55:30 2008 UTC
(16 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1586
Duh. Switch back to /usr/local as cpp will conflict with gcc.
We might need to hack this and/or make a wrapper for the system compiler if we want to connect this to the build.
This is a rare case where we're writing to /usr/local and it's not a port. (maybe the only time) i don't like this one bit.
Revision
1586 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu May 15 05:43:56 2008 UTC
(16 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1585
add i386 directory which contains files in arch/x86 (similar to openbsd setup).
Remove arch
Disable the man page for cpp since gcc installs one.
Revision
1585 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu May 15 05:38:35 2008 UTC
(16 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1584
Add Makefile.inc to define the libexec path we're using.
Disable the man page for pcc for now. I've moved the install path to /usr/bin and /usr/libexec for the files and cc.1 obviously conflicts with gcc's manpage. (actually i need to check on cpp's manpage)
Revision
1584 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu May 15 04:53:33 2008 UTC
(16 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1583
Since I'm having trouble sleeping, I might as well commit my progress on pcc.
This is now compiling on i386 on my laptop. It relies on two changes in bsd.sys.mk and sys.mk that I've not yet committed. (yacc and lex handling)
It's installed to /usr/local with a link to the manpage for pcc(1). (This will conflict with the port)
Revision
1581 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed May 14 04:25:57 2008 UTC
(16 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1580
Work in progress: A reorganization of pcc similar to what OpenBSD did with it. This is much easier to work with.
Revision
1577 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue May 13 04:20:49 2008 UTC
(16 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1576
let's prepare for the (possible) future here too. This saves us remembering to port later. Prepare for pcc if it's ported to sparc64.
Revision
1574 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue May 13 04:04:14 2008 UTC
(16 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1573
Make some changes for PCC compiler. It does not support a number of things, so disable them.
This is similar to the steps necessary on NetBSD 3.0.
Revision
1571 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon May 12 03:16:01 2008 UTC
(16 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1570
Do not read away the target directory entry when encountering deleted
files after a seekdir().
The seekdir shall set the position for the next readdir operation.
When the _readdir_unlocked() encounters deleted entry, dd_loc is
already advanced. Continuing the loop leads to premature read of
the target entry.
Submitted by: Marc Balmer <mbalmer at openbsd org>
Obtained from: OpenBSD
Revision
1566 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri May 2 06:41:00 2008 UTC
(16 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1565
replace some of the string functions with their "safe" equivalents. Most of the usages were fine anyway. It's just easier to audit.
Revision
1560 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu May 1 03:18:22 2008 UTC
(16 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1559
Introduce a hack so that __MidnightBSD__ is defined. This should help determine we're running code on MidnightBSD w/ the preprocessor.
You'll no longer need sys/param.h per se.
Revision
1554 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Apr 29 01:46:05 2008 UTC
(16 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1553
We don't support the alpha. Also briefly mention the cache related security issues with hyperthreading so users can make a wise decision.
Revision
1551 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Apr 29 01:36:03 2008 UTC
(16 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1550
Fix the dreaded libpthread.a is missing crap with bind.
libthr and libpthread are both built now (so sparc64 and i386/amd64 work).
Remove pcvt reference since I deleted that last night.
Remove some directories that we don't need to go through to speed up the build.
Revision
1538 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Apr 28 05:33:21 2008 UTC
(16 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1537
Update for bind 9.4.2.
Update the root servers list (some have ipv6 addresses now)
Follow a similar approach to FreeBSD 7.x
Revision
1527 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Apr 28 04:00:57 2008 UTC
(16 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1526
Cleanups for mailwrapper(8):
- K&R -> ANSI prototype [O]
- Do not bother to do free right before exit() or execve() [O]
- Remove some dead code in addarg()
- Make additional parameters specified in mailer.conf(5)
actually work and document the fact. [N]
- Avoid using __progname but instead use getprogname()
and setprogname() to provide more sensible messages. [O, N]
- Update $OpenBSD$ and $NetBSD$ to reflect the fact that we
have sync'ed with their code.
- WARNS=6
Improvements from FreeBSD, NetBSD and OpenBSD.
Revision
1501 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Apr 26 17:59:26 2008 UTC
(16 years, 4 months ago)
by
ctriv
Diff to
previous 1499
Next developement snapshot.
Many bug fixes: hardlinks work correctly, exec/unxec parsing, etc...
Packages now have a status, on install it starts as 'dirty', and is set to
'clean' if the install succeeds. Similar logic is used in package deletion,
which now tries harder to keep going after errors.
Revision
1499 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Apr 22 03:40:09 2008 UTC
(16 years, 5 months ago)
by
ctriv
Diff to
previous 1492
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1498,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
1483 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Apr 18 18:31:33 2008 UTC
(16 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1481
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1482,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
1475 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Apr 17 23:34:34 2008 UTC
(16 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1473
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1474,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
1470 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Apr 17 23:02:59 2008 UTC
(16 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1468
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1469,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
1467 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Apr 11 05:56:43 2008 UTC
(16 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1466
Add support for env in scripts. Some <insert negative here> wrote a python book advocating # python and a lot of scripts are using it. This is insecure, but what do we do...
Revision
1464 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Apr 11 00:44:01 2008 UTC
(16 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1463
During PREINIT, when giving the interface the address 0.0.0.0, do it as an
alias to avoid distrubing other addresses.
Revision
1461 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Apr 10 23:45:52 2008 UTC
(16 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1460
Sync with DragonFly.
Matt added several features to cpdup including parallel transaction support for remote source or targets.
By default, this now compiles with pthreads support.
-l was added to force stdout and stderr to be line-buffered.
Also, we had to modify the casts for pointer types. It is nice to have amd64 build things since pointers aren't ints :)
Revision
1458 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Apr 6 06:54:40 2008 UTC
(16 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1456
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1457,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
1455 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Apr 6 06:34:28 2008 UTC
(16 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1454
OpenSSH 4.9 introduced an inline sftp-server option in addition to forking a process to handle connections. We're going to need to link in some of that sftp code.
Revision
1444 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Apr 6 04:40:38 2008 UTC
(16 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1442
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1443,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
1440 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Apr 3 17:47:01 2008 UTC
(16 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1439
Found an additional integer overflow.
This version of the patch comes from NetBSD.
Also limits the range of getnumber to 0x00ffffff to ensure that adding two does not cause an overflow.
Revision
1421 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 22 05:39:36 2008 UTC
(16 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1420
Hmm... while archite had very good intentions changing this, it's been a problem in a desktop setup (and server).
Let's switch the umask back.
Revision
1419 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Mar 17 00:02:17 2008 UTC
(16 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1418
Fix spurious warnings from neighbor discovery when working with IPv6 over
point to point tunnels (gif).
This crops up when using one of the many IPV6 tunnel brokers, etc. with MidnightBSD.
Obtained from FreeBSD.
Revision
1413 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Mar 7 21:24:04 2008 UTC
(16 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1412
Add a new macro, sx_xlocked(), that returns true if the current thread holds an exclusive lock on the specified sx lock.
Revision
1411 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Mar 7 15:49:12 2008 UTC
(16 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1410
Sometime ago we added options to ath. It might help if they were actually in the options file.
This allows tweaks without modifying the source.
Revision
1398 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 2 20:39:32 2008 UTC
(16 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1397
Update HID usage table according to the following:
* USB HID Usage Tables, V1.12
* USB Monitor Control Class Specification, V1.0
* USB Usage Tables for HID Power Devices, V1.0
* USB Device Class Definition for Physical Devices, V1.0
* USB HID Point of Sale Usage Tables, V1.02
Revision
1395 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 2 19:58:43 2008 UTC
(16 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1394
Update incomplete BSD family tree. The BSDs starting with M seem to be missing. OS X Leopard and recent FreeBSD/DF releases are in
Revision
1388 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 2 19:10:37 2008 UTC
(16 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1386
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1387,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
1386 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Mar 2 18:45:33 2008 UTC
(16 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1385
Don't assume the lock is in use when reinitializing a lockuser. Only allocate a lockuser request if both watched and lockuser's requests are null. Fixes some random lockup behavior with some applications forking
Revision
1375 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Jan 28 15:21:11 2008 UTC
(16 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1374
NTP configuration change. When looking up entires in the resolver quickly, sometimes the same ip is selected as it's cacached briefly. This new configuration fixes that possiblity.
Revision
1372 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Jan 21 20:21:07 2008 UTC
(16 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1371
Add virtual machine detection in the loader. For QEMU, VBOX, VMware, or Parallels, set the hz setting to 100. This will fix "time" issues automatically in these environments.
Revision
1370 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Jan 15 18:53:01 2008 UTC
(16 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1369
PTY handling patch.
This is text from the FreeBSD advisory on the same issue:
If openpty(3) is called as non-root user the newly created
pseudo-terminal is world readable and writeable. While this is
documented to be the case, script(1) still uses openpty(3) and
script(1) may be used by non-root users [CVE-2008-0217].
The ptsname(3) function incorrectly extracts two characters from the
name of a device node in /dev without verifying that it's actually
operating on a valid pty which the calling user owns. pt_chown uses
the bad result from ptsname(3) to change ownership of a pty to the
user calling pt_chown [CVE-2008-0216].
Revision
1366 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jan 5 22:18:20 2008 UTC
(16 years, 8 months ago)
by
ctriv
Diff to
previous 1363
Latest developement version of libmport.
Changes:
It is now possible to create, install, and delete packages from a system
with the library.
The install primative now uses the progress callback system to give the user
feedback during the install.
Support for installing into a chroot envirement is included at the library
level. This is useful if you have a GUI app and you don't want your entire
process stuck in the chroot.
Many function names have been changed in an effort to improve the library's
orginization.
Many bug fixes and subtle changes.
Todo:
Docs:
library overview.
function reference.
mport bundle specification.
The merge primative.
The fetch primative.
The update primative.
Top level functions to do things like "fetch this bundle, its depends, and
then install them all."
Some of the sematics are still up in the air. For example, gtk12 and
gtk2 both have a pkgname of gtk. libmport doesn't allow two package with
the same name to be installed.
Hard links are not implemented in a mport bundle.
Much more testing and bug fixing is needed.
Revision
1360 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Dec 19 20:39:58 2007 UTC
(16 years, 9 months ago)
by
ctriv
Diff to
previous 1358
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1359,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
1358 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Dec 19 20:38:11 2007 UTC
(16 years, 9 months ago)
by
ctriv
Diff to
previous 1356
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1357,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
1355 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Dec 1 06:21:37 2007 UTC
(16 years, 9 months ago)
by
ctriv
Diff to
previous 1353
sync with developement version.
Version comparison now works, but we might change the definition of "works"
in the near future. As crazy as the FreeBSD semantics are, they might be
useful.
All package files are now bundles. Typical package files are simply a
special case of a bundle only containting one package. There is no
performance penalty for many packages in one bundle at install time, and
there is only one code path for all installations.
pkg-deinstall script support has been added (but is not yet tested).
Many new functions for simplifing work. See mport_db_do(),
mport_db_prepare(), and mport_add_file_to_archive(), et al.
Revision
1349 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Nov 26 16:18:13 2007 UTC
(16 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1348
Fix a bug in libpthread where libobjc is loaded first which causes GNUstep to fail when calling pthread_key_create.
Revision
1347 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Nov 25 18:05:17 2007 UTC
(16 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1346
Fix from FreeBSD:
The kernel uses two ways to write data on a pipe:
o buffered write, for chunks smaller than PIPE_MINDIRECT bytes
o direct write, for everything else
A call to writev(2) may receive struct iov of various size and the
kernel may have to switch from one solution to the other. Before doing
this, it must wake reader processes and any select/poll/kqueue up.
This commit fixes a bug where select/poll/kqueue are not triggered
when switching from buffered write to direct write. It adds calls to
pipeselwakeup().
Revision
1341 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Nov 23 22:10:30 2007 UTC
(16 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1339
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1340,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
1320 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Oct 27 05:22:07 2007 UTC
(16 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1319
Ugh... the default for root login was changed during the course of updating this. Disable it in the config file by default for now.
Revision
1316 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Oct 26 15:25:43 2007 UTC
(16 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1315
Add new rc.conf var... sendmail_rebuild_aliases with a setting of off.
Aliases will no longer be rebuilt automatically on startup. (FreeBSD 7.x+ behavior)
Revision
1313 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Oct 26 14:31:19 2007 UTC
(16 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1312
stop bitching for random on read only devices. (good for live cd use)
As a last ditch effort, try to write it to var
Revision
1301 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Oct 23 17:58:11 2007 UTC
(16 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1299
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1300,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
1297 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Oct 23 14:46:25 2007 UTC
(16 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1296
Remove libio as that was only for the alpha. I don't know why I added it in the previous revision. Also remove the files.
$MidnightBSD$ libbz2
work around libarchive so the system compiles.
Revision
1294 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Oct 22 04:12:39 2007 UTC
(16 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1293
Re-order library building to attempt a fix with libarchive. Move libc to the beginning as we may need the symbols available. (unrelated)
Revision
1286 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Oct 14 19:10:59 2007 UTC
(16 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1283
Remove deprecated portmap, single_mountd_enable and xntpd stuff from early 5.x releases of FreeBSD. We don't need this cruft
Revision
1273 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Oct 9 02:15:42 2007 UTC
(16 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1272
newfs_msdos is very slow, especially when working with usb flash drives aka memory sticks.
To speed things up, use 128KB chunks for I/O as they do on Mac OS X. This patch is based on some code contributed to the freebsd file system mailing list by Mark Day @ apple.
I tested this on a Lexar 1GB stick that is only a few months old. Before the patch, newfs_msdos took about 2 minutes. Without the patch, the command returns nearly instantly. Obviously buffering is occuring. The file system seems to work fine, although I plan to do further testing.
Revision
1267 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Oct 3 23:57:10 2007 UTC
(16 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1265
Fix a security issue with openssl.
For applications using the SSL_get_shared_ciphers() function, the
buffer overflow could allow an attacker to crash or potentially
execute arbitrary code with the permissions of the user running the
application. (freebsd advisory text).
Revision
1262 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Sep 28 22:17:23 2007 UTC
(16 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1261
Remove $NetBSD$ tags in some cases as we're not going to be merging anything from that direction and it's in CVS.
Remove $FreeBSD$ on our ntpd as we've diverged.
add shutdown keyword to several services to end things cleanly. More work is required here.
Revision
1251 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Sep 25 15:25:42 2007 UTC
(17 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1250
libc_r close() fails if fstat() returns an error. This causes problems with FreeBSD 4.x applications.
Since we don't control compat4x, this will never be fully resolved, but we can certainly fix our part.
Revision
1245 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 24 16:49:59 2007 UTC
(17 years ago)
by
ctriv
Diff to
previous 1244
Added mport_parselist().
Conflicts and depends are now inserted into the package file db. The schema
of this will probably change once the install end is written and we know
what we need.
Revision
1241 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 23 22:30:52 2007 UTC
(17 years ago)
by
ctriv
Diff to
previous 1240
Start of libmport. At the moment all it can do is a make a tmpdir with the
package-meta database. Soon we'll pull in libarchive and start to make some
packages.
Revision
1219 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Sep 7 15:16:34 2007 UTC
(17 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1218
Our first pass at SATA DVD drive support. This has only been tested on Intel hardware, based on a patch from Richard Burton.
(atapi sata cd/dvd ahci)
Revision
1217 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Sep 3 02:27:28 2007 UTC
(17 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1216
Don't treat failure to find the operator GID as a fatal
error; this made it impossible to use newfs (and mdmfs) when /etc/group
is missing and /etc is read-only.
Obtained from FreeBSD
Revision
1212 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Aug 31 02:16:27 2007 UTC
(17 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1211
Enable ipfw kernel module by default.
Use the new desktop configuration.
Disable verbose display of rulesets on startup. (users get confused enough by the console)
Yes, we were going to use pf, but archite@ never completed the work. I got sick of waiting and know ipfw better. Besides, it's familiar to Mac users. This ruleset is very similar to the default apple ships with ipfw enabled.
Revision
1211 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Aug 31 02:12:37 2007 UTC
(17 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1210
Add a desktop configuration example with mild protection for desktops. This ruleset is not intrusive and blocks ping + unsolicited TCP traffic.
Revision
1207 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Aug 19 01:59:21 2007 UTC
(17 years, 1 month ago)
by
archite
Diff to
previous 1206
Updating Makefile's to build sudo correctly. Moved closefrom.c to lib/Makefile
as opposed to being in sudo/Makefile.
Revision
1204 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Aug 18 07:58:02 2007 UTC
(17 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1203
Obtained from FreeBSD:
pam_nologin(8) starts to provide an account management function in
addition to the existing authentication function so that sshd(8) can
respect nologin(5) while the rest of PAM consumers work as earlier.
In turn, sshd(8) starts to use the new account management function
in pam_nologin(8) and thus respect nologin(5) even when doing public
key authentication with sshd's internal routines (PAM authentication
isn't called at all in that case).
Revision
1202 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Aug 18 07:37:09 2007 UTC
(17 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1201
$MidnightBSD$
Add PAM supoprt to cron. This will allow cron to skip commands by unavailable accounts depending on pam.conf for cron. This only effects personal crontabs and not /etc/crontab.
Also fix an issue with $HOME
Obtained from FreeBSD.
Revision
1199 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Aug 18 06:50:52 2007 UTC
(17 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1198
The format of /etc/crontab is different. (who field)
Don't allow silly people to use /etc/crontab by adding some anti foot shooting.
Obtained from FreeBSD rev 1.23 + 1.24
Revision
1195 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Aug 18 05:22:23 2007 UTC
(17 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1193
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1194,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
1188 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Aug 12 07:53:21 2007 UTC
(17 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1187
Our pax and cpio implementations do not support GNU style long options. This is causing me hell in the transition off GNU cpio. This adds some of the GNU longopts for cpio.
From NetBSD.
Revision
1175 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Aug 10 00:44:49 2007 UTC
(17 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1174
Fix the logic bug that caused the custom versions of warn(3) and
warnx(3) to be compiled on systems that have it (e.g. FreeBSD),
while the intention was opposite, i.e., compile them on systems
that don't have them. Also fixes static linkage of pkg_sign(1).
Revision
1172 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Aug 10 00:39:29 2007 UTC
(17 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1171
spacing. get rid of other INDEX definitions. we've made a lot of changes to the pkg-tools for mports. Let's bump version
Revision
1153 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Aug 8 02:27:19 2007 UTC
(17 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1152
Forced commit to add:
The changes in the randomize_fd.c are pretty simple: Basically in the older algorithm you had to
walk thru the whole list element-by-element in order to reach an specific line and print it. This
process is rather slow in big lists (big files :)), since it had to go all the way from the head
of the list until it reached the element it randomly selected.
The new algorithm only changes the way we access the elements, basically after the whole file is
loaded up into the linked-list, we create an array of pointers to rand_node pointers, basically we
walk over the whole list once (after the whole file is loaded into the list) and map each address
into an array position (in the same order they were inserted on the list), after that whenever a
random number is selected, we dont need to walk the whole list until we reach it, we simply
rand_node_table[selected] it and get it in one move.
If the unique option is used, after a rand_node_table[selected] gets visited we set it to NULL
and if we reach that same slot afterwards, we simply go back and randomly select another number.
Pretty simple.
victor loureiro lima
Revision
1138 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Aug 6 00:46:07 2007 UTC
(17 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1137
New version creates a receipt instead of removing one. This is much easier to check for and handles the problem of mergemaster adding a new file, etc.
Revision
1137 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Aug 6 00:23:51 2007 UTC
(17 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1133
Add firstboot script to do last minute configuration.
Currently, we just want to install packages for GNUstep, X11, WindowMaker, and slim.
firstboot needs to start after the network is up so we intentionally position it after dhclient just in case.
Revision
1133 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Aug 2 08:33:00 2007 UTC
(17 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1130
Fix interaction with Windows 2000/XP servers. If a newly created directory has exactly 50 entries, an error is generated as smbfs grabs 52 items at a time. With . and .. this is 52. It then returns on the second trip and causes some apps like rsync to generate errors.
Revision
1113 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Jul 27 21:32:46 2007 UTC
(17 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1112
Let the fun begin.
Rebranded man page (mostly). There are still several errors and references to things like pesky alpha support.
Created a temporary hack to (hopefully) get BSD cpio working with the installation media. If this works, we'll need to make some adjustments as to not waste memory and/or replace the mediaBufferSize function with something that makes sense.
Revision
1101 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Jul 26 17:08:59 2007 UTC
(17 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1100
Intel/IBM Blades do not have keyboard devices and will hang. Avoid the hang with a timeout.
Apple intel-based Macs do not have a keyboard controller. Provide a timeout for these devices.
Revision
1098 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Jul 26 14:16:22 2007 UTC
(17 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1097
Remove picobsd and pc98 files. As pc98 machines have not be made in Japan for several years, there is little point for us to try to support it. FreeBSD has that niche.
I intentionally kept two apps within picobsd including the simple_httpd and PNG viewer which uses libvgl. There are few examples of using vgl, so I thought this might be fun to play with for now.
Revision
1094 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Jul 25 14:25:36 2007 UTC
(17 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1093
Load sound before mixer. Test if sound pci id file exists before
loading. Don't run sound in a jail. Clean up formatting and whitespace.
Revision
1069 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Jul 23 07:22:01 2007 UTC
(17 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1068
Experiment with removing cpio during most of the build process. Change base version to 0.2 for current. Correct the path for Distfiles as ctriv changed
the name from distfiles.
Revision
1065 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jul 22 07:57:59 2007 UTC
(17 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1064
MidnightBSD has had a behavior where incoming packets were dropped if the MRU > MTU. If you had a device misconfigured on your network, for instance with jumbo frames, the network stack would drop packets. This is not a desired behavior in most cases.
However, some people like to experiment with the existing behavior or have other reasons such as detecting misconfigured devices. We now have a new sysctl net.link.ether.MTUisMRU which allows you to tune this behavior. 0 is the default and implies the stack will take all incoming packets that it can handle whereas 1 reverts to the old behavior.
This patch was inspired by work from Julian Elischer @ freebsd-net
Revision
1063 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Jul 20 20:02:28 2007 UTC
(17 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1062
Add a modified version of DragonFly's nrelease. We will initially use this to build MidnightBSD Live CD's and later for our own custom installer.
This should build a bootable live cd. I've been testing it on amd64 by first doing a buildworld and then cd nrelease; make buildiso; make mkiso
The CD must be in the first cdrom drive to work.
Revision
1061 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Jul 20 12:03:35 2007 UTC
(17 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1060
Fix a security issue with tcpdump. There is potential for remote system access in some cases. It is caused by the incorrect use of snprintf.
Our version is significantly out of date, but this issue needs attention now.
Revision
1059 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Jul 19 15:11:27 2007 UTC
(17 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1058
$MidnightBSD$
Change domain to MidnightBSD.org. While we don't technically need "freefall", it might be handy to keep around for now.
Revision
1034 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Jul 16 12:47:21 2007 UTC
(17 years, 2 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1032
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r1033,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
1006 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed May 23 17:26:02 2007 UTC
(17 years, 4 months ago)
by
ctriv
Diff to
previous 1005
Security fix. When writing data to a buffer in the file_printf function, the
length of the unused portion of the bugger if not correctly tracked. See
FreeBSD SA-07:04.
Revision
1005 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon May 14 06:12:57 2007 UTC
(17 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 1004
$MidnightBSD$
Use unsigned comparisons. This fixes some bugs in the following case:
1. i386
2. program calling update is statically linked to libmd
3. buffer provided is aligned modulo 4 bytes
4. the buffer extends beyond 2 GB.
Bugs 1-3 still cause problems beyond 4GB.
Revision
999 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri May 11 06:26:31 2007 UTC
(17 years, 4 months ago)
by
ctriv
Diff to
previous 997
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r998,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
992 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu May 3 05:41:47 2007 UTC
(17 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 990
UDP checksums are checked in place, overwriting whatever is there. This has the side effect of the ICMP code sending back the first eight bytes of the UDP payload with 2 bytes different.
Patch by Matthew Luckie.
Revision
988 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue May 1 17:59:06 2007 UTC
(17 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 987
A memory leak was reported. When an application uses a large number of threads, memory appears to be leaked. (clamav for instance)
free_tls does not free all memory in dtv which is allocated earlier by calloc. The function appears to use a very carefully constructed free loop. There could be side effects to this patch.
Test and MFC after 1 month.
Reported by Spencer Minear to the FreeBSD project.
Revision
983 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Apr 27 20:29:07 2007 UTC
(17 years, 4 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 982
This is equivalent to the recent OpenBSD discover of type 0 routing headers as insecure. There is now a sysctl to enable the behavior. Currently, this is not needed unless the host is acting as a router. In which case, ideally there should be firewall rules in place to protect the host. ipfw and pf do not offer solutions to protect systems entirely yet.
This patch is derived from the FreeBSD SA-07:03.ipv6 patch.
Revision
975 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Apr 15 06:05:06 2007 UTC
(17 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 974
Make sh and ksh source GNUstep.sh if it exists. This will allow openapp and friends to work automatically.
Revision
974 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Apr 15 05:55:55 2007 UTC
(17 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 973
Source GNUstep.csh if it exists. This will save the user from sourcing this thing all the freaking time. openapp working by default is good :)
As we plan on installing GNUstep by default, this should be quite helpful.
Revision
971 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Apr 13 05:35:11 2007 UTC
(17 years, 5 months ago)
by
ctriv
Diff to
previous 970
Mport fixes.
Some ports use bsd.prog.mk for custom dist makefiles. Make sure that this
plays nice with the new fake system.
Revision
963 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Apr 12 02:12:30 2007 UTC
(17 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 960
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r962,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
957 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Apr 12 01:27:23 2007 UTC
(17 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 955
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r956,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
952 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Apr 10 21:58:45 2007 UTC
(17 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 950
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r951,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
947 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Apr 10 21:07:41 2007 UTC
(17 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 945
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r946,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
945 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Apr 10 06:31:58 2007 UTC
(17 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 944
Throw in some more version numbers as we may add features from other BSDs. MidnightBSD 0.2 is already in there.
Revision
934 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Apr 10 05:34:55 2007 UTC
(17 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 933
3 additional files we are not importing.
__fpending is not supported by MidnightBSD. Its a Solaris thing which DF and Linux also happen to support. It checks the pending buffer on a stream.
lib/getdate.y does not work with our system yacc. It requires bison 1.875+.
Revision
933 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Apr 10 05:30:11 2007 UTC
(17 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 932
Patches from Dragonfly.
Allow legacy tag/tagexpand options file used by all the BSD projects.
zlib.c: byte by byte to fix infinity waiting on some zlib operations while using compression.
Revision
931 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Apr 10 05:24:03 2007 UTC
(17 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 930
Remove getdate.y as it does not build with our system yacc. Need bision 1.875+
closeout.c can not use __fpending as we do not have it in MidnightBSD.
Revision
929 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Apr 10 05:19:02 2007 UTC
(17 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 927
Update for 1.12.13.
It was much simpler to update to this newer version of cvs than to fix the tag/tagexpand for $MidnightBSD$ type tags.
This is based on the patches from DragonFly with most of their extensinos. The manpages aren't updated yet.
One caveat, the __fpending libc/stdio function is missing in MidnightBSD. This is a Solarisism which was added to Linux and DragonFly. For now, we've simply deleted references to it. That means the pending buffer is not checked which may or may not be a real issue.
src/contrib/cvs/lib/getdate.y will not build with our system yacc. It requires a version of bison newer than 1.75 (1.875 worked). I will just commit the generated files instead.
Revision
927 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Apr 10 05:12:41 2007 UTC
(17 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 925
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r926,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
922 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Apr 10 00:00:26 2007 UTC
(17 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 920
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r921,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
920 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Apr 10 00:00:25 2007 UTC
(17 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 918
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r919,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
915 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Apr 9 23:07:01 2007 UTC
(17 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 913
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r914,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
910 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Apr 9 01:11:41 2007 UTC
(17 years, 5 months ago)
by
ctriv
Diff to
previous 909
Close a possible buffer overflow in package deletion. There are probably
other such errors in this code.
Revision
909 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Apr 8 19:54:01 2007 UTC
(17 years, 5 months ago)
by
archite
Diff to
previous 908
Importing initial form of bsd.patch.mk. While this is not a final version,
nor is it truly usefull to anyone other than the security officer, this
should be contained in the cvs tree now. Please note that various updates
to this mk file will continue and do not depend on it being in this form.
Revision
908 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Apr 7 02:17:03 2007 UTC
(17 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 907
Clean up the chroot patch. Remove SLOGGER definition since its no longer used. Go to WARNS 3 since there
are const errors with the second parameter of kenv. I could fix this with a const char [] definition for each entry,
but the current approach is easier to read.
This effectively equates to FreeBSD init.c 1.63 with some local changes. Like the previous chroot patch commit,
this is based on work by Oliver Fromme.
Revision
903 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Apr 6 19:58:03 2007 UTC
(17 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 902
$MidightBSD$
Backout recent changes so that we can detect problems easily. curthread == NULL with the propolice patch in several cases.
Revision
898 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Apr 5 03:52:16 2007 UTC
(17 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 897
After adding pro police, we started failing one of the regression tests that we used to pass (mutex_d).
curthread can be NULL in some cases. This was causing the test app to crash.
Revision
890 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Apr 3 13:30:31 2007 UTC
(17 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 889
Remove bandaid.
Giant was locked on calls to sorecieve() and sosend() to fix a race condition which shouldn't be a problem anymore.
Revision
888 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Apr 2 20:21:15 2007 UTC
(17 years, 5 months ago)
by
archite
Diff to
previous 887
Small correction to install directions for proplice. Added requirement
to build libpthread and libthr first.
Revision
887 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Apr 2 02:26:37 2007 UTC
(17 years, 5 months ago)
by
archite
Diff to
previous 886
Slight update to set default hostname for those who, like the Guy in the Red
Shirt, are forsaken because they did not set a hostname.
Revision
886 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Apr 2 00:48:03 2007 UTC
(17 years, 5 months ago)
by
archite
Diff to
previous 885
Importing propolice into MidnightBSD. Propolice is going to
provide us with much greater security and stability in the
long run. If upgrading from a pre-propolice system, please
follow the these instructions:
cd /usr/src/lib/libc && make obj && make && make install
cd /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/cc && make obj && make && make install
buildworld and kernel
It is adviced that any mports which were installed and/or built
prior to the propolice update also be updated. If any errors
or issue are encounted, please contact security@midnightbsd.org
and we will be sure to investigate and come up with an expeditious
fix.
Revision
884 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Mar 30 05:36:52 2007 UTC
(17 years, 5 months ago)
by
ctriv
Diff to
previous 883
Add a new variable, PORT_SYSTEM. If you set PORT_SYSTEM to "mport" in your
make.conf, your system will use the new mport package database and tools
instead of the old pkg_* binaries and /var/db/pkg.
Given that mport is in very early developement, and isn't even close to
alpha code yet, you will be ill advised to use it on your production
machine.
Revision
883 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Mar 30 01:48:15 2007 UTC
(17 years, 5 months ago)
by
archite
Diff to
previous 882
To avoid any confusion, the default PS1 for a user user with UID != 0
has been changed back to "$ ". Please update either ~/.profile or
~/.kshrc if you prefer to use the previous "> " PS1. While consistancy
is important, we have decided that we do not want to confuse anyone
who might mistake the previous PS1 for that of {t}csh's default prompt.
Revision
882 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Mar 29 23:02:48 2007 UTC
(17 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 881
Increase LOMTU to 32768. The previous value was set in 1995. NetBSD has been using around 32k since the BSD 4.4 lite import.
My testing has shown 32768 is faster on some workloads. There is a very slight drop transfer large, cached data but uncached data showed a noticable improvement.
Revision
881 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Mar 29 22:44:53 2007 UTC
(17 years, 5 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 880
Remove WARNS from cpufreq Makefile. kernel source Makefiles should not use WANRS as it conflicts with kernel build options.
Add additional Pentium M cpus.
Revision
875 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Mar 21 03:35:14 2007 UTC
(17 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 874
Remove ucb advertising clause on some files. Attempt to finish the wanrs 3 workwhich caused problems on 64bit arch
Revision
869 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Mar 20 17:02:55 2007 UTC
(17 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 868
$MidnightBSD$
The __MBSDID macro is not working as it should be with the assembler. There must be a behavior difference between FBSDID and MBSDID somewhere.
Revision
861 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 17 16:46:51 2007 UTC
(17 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 860
Get rid of a few lines of rmdir errors. We're just trying to delete empty items so
tell find that using -empty.
Revision
846 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Mar 15 02:21:47 2007 UTC
(17 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 845
f we receive an out of window SYN for an established connection, then ack the syn as required by RFC793
Revision
845 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Mar 15 02:10:40 2007 UTC
(17 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 844
Enable proxy ARP answers on any of the bridged interfaces if proxy record
belongs to another interface within the bridge group.
Revision
844 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Mar 15 02:07:21 2007 UTC
(17 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 843
Increment requests counter right before we send an arp query. Without this change, EHOSTDOWN errors could be reported which would be incorrect.
Revision
829 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Mar 14 02:24:10 2007 UTC
(17 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 827
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r828,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
816 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Mar 13 21:36:54 2007 UTC
(17 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 814
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r815,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
809 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Mar 13 00:35:42 2007 UTC
(17 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 808
FreeBSD_version and BSD daemon files were removed from examples. We also recently added MidnightBSD_version.
Revision
806 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Mar 12 23:32:12 2007 UTC
(17 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 805
Add MidnightBSD_version. Until we correct newvers.sh, this will report the FreeBSD value. We must first remove all references to FreeBSD_version (OSRELDATE) from mports and the src tree before we can whack this.
Revision
805 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Mar 12 23:15:08 2007 UTC
(17 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 804
Remove the BSD daemon stuff. We've never asked for permission to distribute it and don't plan on using it.
Revision
800 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Mar 12 21:17:04 2007 UTC
(17 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 799
Fill in the correct rtm_index for RTM_ADD and RTM_CHANGE messages.
Allow RTM_CHANGE to change a number of route flags as specified by RTF_FMASK.
The unusued rtm_use filed in struct rt_Msghdr is redesignated as rtm_fmask field to communicate route flag changes in RTM_CHANGE messages from userland. The use count of a route was moved to rtm_rmx some time ago.
Revision
796 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Mar 12 20:59:27 2007 UTC
(17 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 795
Sound overhaul.
Fix 8bit int overflows during channel creation and destruction on vchans.
Enforce channel/chardev numbering within 8bit boundary.
Traverse d-channels SLIT and try to reclaim free counter during channel creation.
Determine open direction using 'flags', not mode.
Don't allow opening the same device twice. (WTF?)
O_RDWR is allowed, provided that it is done by a single open and the hardware supports full duplex.
Fix pcm_unregister memory leak.
Optimize channel allocation and numbering.
Mega vchan create/destroy cleanup.
Obtained from FreeBSD
Revision
795 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Mar 12 20:51:36 2007 UTC
(17 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 794
Pointer align should be generic enough to handle awkward byte size especially for true 24 bit format.
Obtained from FreeBSD.
Revision
793 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Mar 12 20:46:50 2007 UTC
(17 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 792
Drop the kqueue global mutex as soon as we are finished with it.
Clear any action flags on the register knote.
Obtained from FreeBSD.
Revision
789 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Mar 12 20:28:30 2007 UTC
(17 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 788
If the buffer lock has waiters after the bufer has changed identity then getnewbuf() needs to drop the buffer in order to wake waiters that might sleep on the buffer in the context of the old identity.
Obtained from FreeBSD (tegge) 1.491.2.8
Revision
786 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Mar 10 17:13:24 2007 UTC
(17 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 785
Revise directions to point to src/share/misc/iso3166 update which must also be done when updating timezones.
Revision
781 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Mar 9 14:43:11 2007 UTC
(17 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 780
Correct situation where user boots from floppy disk and then inserts a CDROM. The first call to mount the CD will fail.
Revision
764 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Mar 8 17:11:18 2007 UTC
(17 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 763
If an NFS server returns more than a few EJUKEBOX errors for a given RPC request, the NFS client will back off for a very long wait (days, weeks) before retrying.
Change behavior to match solaris. There is a new sysctl nfs3_jukebox_delay which is in seconds to adjust the retry default.
Revision
757 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Feb 26 00:12:28 2007 UTC
(17 years, 6 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 756
Remove X11BASE so that the ports system can set the default. openssh and groff source don't actually need this value.
Revision
752 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Feb 23 00:49:13 2007 UTC
(17 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 751
Change allscreens_flags to disable boot logo screen saver. As we are adding splash, we do not want to use that.
Revision
743 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Feb 19 21:30:39 2007 UTC
(17 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 742
This is a patch from Andrew Turner to allow partial booting on EFIKA. It includes ofwread.S from NetBSD. It uses the real-mode ofw interface from NetBSD and TLB exception handlers from FreeBSD's perforce //depot/user/jaras.
The ofwr_init call is not enabled by default as it breaks Macs. If the ifdef FIRMWORKSBUGS is commented out, EFIKA will work until it hits the scheduler.
Revision
739 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Feb 12 18:49:10 2007 UTC
(17 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 738
WARNS=3
NULL terminate nlist.
Constify several functions.
Use uintmax_t to pass around 64bit quantities.
Revision
737 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Feb 9 22:32:17 2007 UTC
(17 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 736
A type * (ANY) query response containing multiple RRsets can trigger an
assertion failure.
Certain recursive queries can cause the nameserver to crash by using memory
which has already been freed.
Revision
729 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Feb 7 15:50:03 2007 UTC
(17 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 728
TCP Auto sizing of socket buffers improves throughput on high latency links. Several new sysctls were added to control the buffers max size, etc.
Additional work is needed, but under initial testing this is working great. You must rebulid world in order for netstat to work correctly.
A few changes were made to netstat, but do not change functionality in any significant way.
Revision
714 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Feb 1 14:51:32 2007 UTC
(17 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 712
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r713,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
712 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jan 28 18:22:15 2007 UTC
(17 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 711
Add additonal PATA controllers found on newer motherboards.
This specifically fixes the INTEL DP965LT which I happen to be using. Many Intel motherboards use one of these chips.
Revision
710 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Jan 24 00:59:09 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 708
The jail rc.d script does not check if a path inside a jail is a symbolic link before it uses a path.
/var/log/console.log and mounting/unmounting file systems inside the jail structure are not checked.
As such, the jail system is vulnerable to symlink attacks.
Revision
706 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Jan 19 04:20:58 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 705
Remove manual assignment of m_pkthdr from one mbuf to another in ipsec_copypkt() as its handled by M_MOVE_PKTHDR()
Revision
704 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Jan 19 04:07:01 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 703
We only lock the local per cpu page in the local dTLB, so accessing the foreign CPU pages in cpu_ipi_send() causes a page fault.
Revision
703 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Jan 19 04:05:30 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 702
Add convenience macros for the bits in ASI_ESTATE_ERROR_EN_REG which is used for ECC handling and additional bits for cpu bug workarounds.
Revision
696 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Jan 19 03:23:17 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 695
Fix up IPXIP so that the network stack is run with Giant. There is unsafety in the code that requires this change for SMP systems to function properly.
Revision
689 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Jan 19 02:33:24 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 688
Clear the interupt source flags before processing the interupt events and turn off NIC interrupts while in the interrupt handler.
Relax the watchdog timer somewhat; don't enable it until the last packet is enqueued and if there is a TX interrupt but there are still outstanding ones reload the timer.
Revision
669 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Jan 18 03:44:01 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 668
Revert to setting vlan and vlandev parameters synchronously, as soon as both have been read from the command line. Still use the callback, but this time only to verify that both vlan and vlandev have been found on the command line.
Revision
668 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Jan 18 03:39:19 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 667
When a process is de-configuring a log file, also stop all of its PMCs that require a log file to operate.
Only stop PMCs that are in the running state.
Revision
663 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Jan 18 03:24:11 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 662
Correctly locate the character proceeding the matched string in -w mode when in non-UTF-8 multibyte locales.
Revision
618 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jan 13 15:00:24 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 617
Further refine the bridge hack in teh arp code. Only do the special arp handling for interfaces which are actually in the bridge group, ignore all others.
Revision
603 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jan 13 13:51:19 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 602
Handling of login.access(5) was moved from login(1) to pam_login_access(8) years ago. This will remove dead code, clean up manpages and install login.access.5 from the pam_login_access src dir.
Revision
599 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jan 13 00:19:52 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 598
Do not leak read lock in IP_FW_TABLE_GETSIZE case of ipfw_ctl().
Acquire read (not write) lock in case of IP_FW_TABLE_LIST.
Revision
593 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jan 13 00:12:57 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 592
Revert proto ip back to the previous behavior. The kernel side of ipfw2 doesn't allow zero as protocol number.
Revision
591 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jan 13 00:10:35 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 590
Reduce needless DNS query by lookup only appropriate address family.
Specify appropraite hints to getaddrinfo(3).
Obtain address family from peername in inetd mode.
Revision
587 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jan 13 00:02:53 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 586
Sync with FreeBSD 6.1 Release.
Introduce several patches to stop potential deadlocks with snapshots. Clean up the vm code.
Revision
583 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Jan 12 23:33:32 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 582
Throw out all the logical APIC ID stuff and just wire up the interrupts to individual CPUs using physical addressing and fixed delivery mode.
Revision
575 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Jan 8 00:30:12 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 574
Modify sysons to add setkeyboard method. It does nothing with kbdmux but works properly switching otherwise.
Revision
567 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jan 7 23:54:06 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 566
Do not discard the current value of __MAKE_CONF when testing whether
MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is set at a wrong place.
Revision
557 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jan 7 22:28:49 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 556
Move the hard coded ETHER_* options where they belong.
Utilize the fact the module supprots all frames by default.
Fix comment.
Revision
556 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jan 7 22:14:28 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 555
Fix random popping while playing in 32bit by increasing the buffer size.
Fix severe crackling under repetative module load/unload.
Make sure DMA pointer is properly aligned to avoid trunication by caller.
Add ac97 inverted external amplifier quirk for Maxselect x710s. (russian)
Trim unnecessary pointer alignment.
Revision
555 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jan 7 22:12:36 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 554
Fix possible DMA leak and locking violation especially during suspend and resume or module load/unload.
Revision
552 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jan 7 19:04:00 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 551
Megacommit :)
This is a change in the way interrupt handling is done similar to the FreeBSD commit to RELENG_6_1 on March 10.
Revision
550 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jan 7 04:40:58 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 549
Have TCP Inflight disable itself if RTT is too low.
sysctl net.inet.tcp.inflight.rttthresh specifies the threshold in milliseconds below which it will disengage inflight. It defaults to 10ms.
Revision
547 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jan 7 04:26:25 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 546
Change pfs_visible() to optionally return with the process still locked to simply locking and close some race conditions.
Revision
534 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Jan 7 03:50:23 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 533
Apply some patches from FreeBSD 6.1 Release for cpu detection, ioctl fixes, etc.
Change i386 GENERIC kernel to include VESA and raster support so that end users can easily switch to 800x600 and other video modes in the console. While the kernel size is larger, it makes more sense on a desktop.
Revision
527 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jan 6 20:59:56 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 526
For now we are just syncing documentation. We will transition this around or shrotly after 0.1 release.
Revision
525 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jan 6 19:25:01 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 524
We haven't decided on how we're going to build or store the website documentation in the future yet. This will sync some problems with the imported docs in case we decide to do something with them. If not, its a handy reference until our own documentation is in place.
Revision
523 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jan 6 19:15:59 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 522
Add default choice option for --yesno box.
Reduce trivial code duplications.
Obtained from FreeBSD 6.1 Release.
Revision
522 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jan 6 19:13:19 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 521
Add option -w to specify graph width. Default width is terminal width.
Fix the way the median is calculated.
Obtained from FreeBSD 6.1 Release.
Revision
519 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jan 6 06:02:29 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 518
Add a spinlock to handles cases where printf, etc are called simultaneously. This should fix console freezes in some circumstances.
This patch was based on a similar patch to FreeBSD stable, however, we do not use the new "enhanced" syscons code so it will require further testing. It works fine on a UNI box.
Revision
515 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jan 6 01:16:44 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 514
Check the return code of sc_clean_up() in the only place missing. There is only one case where it can fail in wait_scrn_saver_stop(), but might as well check.
Revision
514 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Jan 6 01:11:46 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 513
Sometimes the vty switching has to be delayed; the vty to be switched is saved in sc->delayed_next_scr and toe actual switch happens later. It is possible to get into an endless loop when trying to switch to a closed vty.
To repeat:
boot single user
run kbdcontrol -b visual
quickly press alt + f2 twice.
Revision
508 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Jan 3 03:24:21 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 507
Remove ealloc and sprite headers. ealloc is now provided by libutil and the few definitions needed in sprite.h have been moved.
Switch to c99 stdbool.
Revision
502 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Jan 2 20:04:03 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 501
Make local changes to mdoc.local to give us .Mx for MidnightBSD. Also include recent OS releases from the other BSDs so we can reference them.
Inspired from DragonFly. OpenBSD releases are missing.
Revision
501 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Jan 2 09:50:08 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 500
Add -o and -p options from DragonFly.
-0 keyword causes rcorder to generate the dependancy list required to execute
a particular keyword.
-p generated PROVIDE keywords for the specified files.
TODO: document these.
Revision
499 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Jan 2 08:13:30 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 498
Do not pass through the tailing newline char form ctime(3) output to
setproctitle(3) in order to get rid of the \n escape sequence in ps(1) output
of a dump(8) process.
Revision
495 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Jan 2 07:58:35 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 494
Send client indentifier unconditonally as Mac OS X and Windows do. This corrects problems with older or cheap routers.
Revision
493 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Jan 2 07:52:31 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 492
Obtained from FreeBSD:
Be more like Windows and Linux and send our hostname in the host-name
option if none is given in the config file. Also add #ifdefd out
support for sending a client ID based on our MAC address.
PR: bin/94743, bin/76401
Submitted by: Frank Behrens <frank at pinky dot sax dot de>
Revision
492 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Jan 2 07:51:20 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 491
Obtained from FreeBSD:
It is possible for bpf to return a length such that:
length != BPF_WORDALIGN(length)
This meeans that it is possible for this to be true:
interface->rbuf_offset > interface->rbuf_len
Handle this case in the test for running out of packets. While
OpenBSD's solution of setting interface->rbuf_len to
BPF_WORDALIGN(length) is safe due to the size of the buffer, I think
this solution results in less hidden assumptions.
This should fix the problem of dhclient running away and consuming 100%
CPU.
PR: bin/102226
Submitted by: Joost Bekkers <joost at jodocus.org>
Revision
483 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Jan 2 07:03:16 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 482
If not compiled for debugging, redirect standard input/output/error to /dev/null before becoming a daemon.
Revision
480 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Jan 2 06:54:22 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 479
Rename perror, xperror as we are using a homegrown version. (Inspired by OpenBSD)
With this fix, we can go to WARNS=6
Revision
476 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Jan 1 00:00:52 2007 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 475
Remove reference to loader.conf since its been impossible for a long time to specify using loader.conf
Revision
464 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Dec 31 23:23:44 2006 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 463
If block size is zero, use normal file operations to do I/O. This eliminates a divide by zero fault.
Obtained from FreeBSD (davidxu)
Revision
454 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Dec 31 21:10:52 2006 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 453
Just to clarify compatiblity, we've merged all changes between the import date of Feb 24 and the tcsh Feb 26 commit in FreeBSD. Bump the version number.
Revision
440 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Dec 31 09:59:48 2006 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 439
Add NetBSD efun(3) functions...
esetfunc, easprintf, efopen, ecalloc, emalloc, erealloc, estrdup, estrlcat, estrlcpy, evasprintf
Some code in the tree already includes this such as fsck and rcorder. This will make NetBSD code porting easier. Note our libutil uses libutil.h instead of util.h.
Revision
439 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Dec 31 09:09:40 2006 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 438
Enable the NLS catalog of csh(1). Since this requires libiconv which is not part of base, I've imported the stub from FreeBSD.
Revision
437 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Dec 31 08:58:59 2006 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 436
Replace 4k mbuf clusters with PAGE_SIZE clusters. This should improve TCP/IP performance.
Also add new MidnightBSD_version which will someday replace osreldate etc.
Revision
435 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Dec 31 07:08:37 2006 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 434
Add spell(1) from NetBSD. spell is a spell check program originating from Version 6 AT&T UNIX. It was opened up by Caldera and cleaned up by Todd Miller at OpenBSD, then additonal work was done by perry @ NetBSD.
I've decided to place the dictionary files in src/share/dict/* to keep usr.bin clean. The code is not very clean and could use improvement. I've left the NetBSD TODO for this purpose.
Revision
431 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Dec 31 04:44:37 2006 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 430
Add seq from NetBSD 3.0. seq prints out a sequence of random numbers, one per line from first to as near last as possible.
Revision
427 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Dec 30 00:03:30 2006 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 426
Ensure that ldconfig has been run earlier so that services out of mports have access to their shared libraries.
Revision
421 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Dec 29 23:28:29 2006 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 420
rc.d comformance patch:
Fix stop command so we don't get abi not running error.
Just use start instead of prestart.
Revision
413 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Dec 29 22:33:25 2006 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 412
$MidnightBSD$
Ignore errors in rc.conf files, simplify the file rotation logic, and make it slightly more secure.
Obtained from FreeBSD
Revision
409 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Dec 28 01:24:38 2006 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 408
Sync with FreeBSD RELENG_6_2.
Reparent the process that executes the window= command from the ttys to the init. This prevents zombies from being accumulated.
Revision
403 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Dec 28 01:14:05 2006 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 402
Sync with FreeBSD RELENG_6_2. Catch a number of signals which could result in a race condition with init as corrected in NetBSD.
Revision
400 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Dec 28 00:57:17 2006 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 399
$MidnightBSD$, Correct incorrect statement about the return value as 0 is returned if ALL are found, not any.
Revision
390 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Dec 27 23:54:55 2006 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 389
Check the entire length of the current argument for the EOF string, but don't assume an ANSI string and thus don't use strcmp(3) which looks for NUL.
Revision
387 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Dec 27 23:48:24 2006 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 386
Add DONTSTRIP so that one can easily install debugable binaries when one cannot easily edit a package's makefiles or configure scripts.
Revision
385 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Dec 27 23:38:19 2006 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 384
Import getent(1), a program which retrieves and displays entries from the administrative database such as hosts, using the lookup order in nsswitch.conf(5).
Imported from FreeBSD, NetBSD.
Revision
374 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Dec 27 04:51:23 2006 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 373
Look for BSD label at 512-byte offset, if not found on the very beginning of the second sector. This makes it compatible with labels created by disklabel(8) on non-512-byte-per-sector devices.
Import from FreeBSD.
Revision
373 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Dec 27 04:48:57 2006 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 372
Delay an orphan event if provider has still in-flight I/O requests. GEOM classes can then detach safely from the provider when an orphan event is received. Fixes a 'detach with active requests' panic for gstripe/gconcat under load.
Imported/Obtained from FreeBSD.
Revision
371 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Dec 27 04:45:12 2006 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 370
Add g_duplicate_bio() function which does the same thing as g_clone_bio() except it allocates new bio with a M_WAITOK flag.
sys/geom/geom.h
sys/geom/geom_io.c
Import from FreeBSD.
Revision
368 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Dec 27 04:36:31 2006 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 367
Make sure that bio is set that no data has been transfered to fix fdisk(8)'s probing of secotr size for non-512 byte sector sizes.
Revision
361 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Dec 27 02:32:32 2006 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 360
Remove additional alpha bit...
Don't create stray objects on pc98. We may still support pc98.
Detect that the audit group is missing earlier during install.
Revision
360 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Dec 27 02:27:33 2006 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 359
Don't attempt to compile DEFAULTS and don't attempt to compile LINT twice.
Do not discard the current value of __MAKE_CONF when testing whether MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is set at a wrong place.
Revision
354 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Dec 27 01:15:48 2006 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 353
Change burncd so that if CDRIOCGETPROGRESS does not return a good value, CDIOCRESET is used to determine when the command is complete.
This corrects a bug with some CD/DVD recorders working with rewritable media where they never complete.
Based on a patch by Luigi Rizzo on stable@freebsd.org.
Revision
351 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Dec 26 22:26:03 2006 UTC
(17 years, 8 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 350
We now have a MidnightBSD CVSup server. Make changes to allow users to access stargazer directly, remove files not needed, and fix comments.
Revision
349 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Dec 26 01:20:32 2006 UTC
(17 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 348
Fix a typo in __fpu_ftox() that caused long double to long (and long long)
conversion of negative numbers to always result in -1.
Revision
342 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Dec 21 16:47:20 2006 UTC
(17 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 341
Fix some race conditions in TTY code. tty and sessrele(), doenterpgrp(), leavepgrp(), pgdelete() and enterpgrp(). The tty code is still under giant lock, but the session/pgrp release code just used proctree_locks. P_CONTROLT isn't really fully locked too in enterpgrp().
Obtained from FreeBSD, mbr.
Revision
341 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Dec 21 16:31:26 2006 UTC
(17 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 340
Retest tp->t_session because Giant might have been temporarily dropped while waiting for proctree_lock, allowing for an intervening tty_close() that cleared tp_>t_session.
Obtained from FreeBSD,tegge.
Revision
340 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Dec 21 16:22:39 2006 UTC
(17 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 339
Consistently use if_printf() only in interface methods: if_start, if_ioctl, if_watchdog, etc or in functions that are used by these methods only. In all other cases, device_printf should be used.
This also fixes several panics when if_printf() is called before softc->ifp was initialized.
Revision
339 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Dec 21 16:18:09 2006 UTC
(17 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 338
IF_LLADDR does not necessarily return aligned memory addresses. Since accessing ID registers in rt181x9 needs 32bit register access and RL_IDR6/RL_IDR7 registers are reserved registers bzero() is needed before copying the ethernet address.
This fixes a bug in Sparc64
Obtained from FreeBSD, yongari.
Revision
338 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Dec 18 23:50:50 2006 UTC
(17 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 337
As discussed on freebsd-threads@freebsd.org, a libpthread bug exists that this patch by Peter Edwards Corrects.
Here is a summary:
I've a problem when a process uses:
libpthread
detached threads
mixed bound/unbound threads
suspended threads (a la pthread_resume_np())
whereby some newly created suspended threads don't get scheduled.
I think I've tracked it down, so if someone could review the
reasoning, I'd be grateful.
Newly launched threads have a "struct pthread" that may be allocated
from a freelist of GCed threads. Apparently, when detached threads
enter the GCed list, they can still have the "active" flag set on
them. Later, this causes problems when this thread is recycled and
resumed, because _thr_setrunnable_unlocked() doesn't add it to a
run queue.
thr_cleanup can be called either from the bound-threads scheduler,
or the unbound scheduler. One callsite clears "active", "needswitchout",
and "lock_switch" to zero before the call. The other callsite just
clears "check_pending". I think these flags are all either bound-thread
or unbound-thread specific, and that there was an unintended
assumption that the thread would remain with the same "boundedness"
after being recycled, which isn't neccessarily the case. (Or another
way - the idea was that there was no need to clear the "active"
flag on a bound thread, as its only used for unbound threads, but
a GCed bound thread might be recycled into an unbound thread)
Given that, it seems correct to clean up the thread the same way
for both cases, and just move that code into thr_cleanup.
Revision
334 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Nov 30 03:54:25 2006 UTC
(17 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 333
Minor cleanups to sync. $MidnightBSD$
Cleaned up source so that it would be more portable and inline with NetBSD.
Revision
333 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Nov 29 17:09:59 2006 UTC
(17 years, 9 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 332
Minor adjustment on the value for "short filename" situations to match freebsd's behavior. Using -1 makes more sense.
Revision
330 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Nov 24 19:41:57 2006 UTC
(17 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 329
Check that -w width is not above maximum. Use DWIDTH constant instead of a hard coded constant.
Reported by Gruzicki Wlodek on Bugtraq.
Obtained from FreeBSD, NetBSD, and OpenBSD.
Revision
327 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Nov 1 00:58:45 2006 UTC
(17 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 326
EWOULDBLOCK should be a recoverable error. If it is not, clients will experience data loss using TCP.
Revision
321 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Oct 30 18:51:07 2006 UTC
(17 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 320
i915 attachment and running fixed.
i915 vblank support.
Radeon's new memory map support.
ATI PCI/PCIE GART fix.
r300 fixes
Hack to radeon module to shut up errors.
Obtained from FreeBSD stable
Revision
319 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Oct 30 16:55:24 2006 UTC
(17 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 318
Be reasonable when overwrite mode is enabled and there are hard links. Overwriting when links > 1 will cause data loss.
Obtained from FreeBSD, OpenBSD.
Revision
314 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Oct 30 14:50:16 2006 UTC
(17 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 313
Only catch SIGINFO when LIBPTHREAD_DEBUG is defined in the environment.
Eliminate a race condition in timed waist (cv, mutex, sleeps).
Don't forget to init a TAILQ before using it.
Allocate a thread's tcb last so it is easier to handle failures to malloc() siginfo.
Include needed headers obtained through pthread.h
Obtained from FreeBSD (March 2006 MFC)
Revision
313 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Oct 30 13:55:39 2006 UTC
(17 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 312
Remove alpha references, install shared libc_r into /lib because its aliased by libpthread and some /sbin tools.
Revision
298 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Oct 28 04:16:57 2006 UTC
(17 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 297
Don't set CR0_NE and CR0_MP in npx_probe() as they are already set earlier in cpu_setregs().
If we know this CPU has a FPU via cpuid, just assume INT16 and make the dmesg quiet. This is true for all Pentium class processors and even some 486DX systems.
Revision
286 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Oct 27 15:44:29 2006 UTC
(17 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 285
Sync mpt driver with 6-Stable (6.2 beta). Adds support for newer fibre channel cards and SCSI controllers.
Revision
282 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Oct 27 15:28:41 2006 UTC
(17 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 281
Part 3:
Add support for nforce5 and intel ICH8 chipsets. Add some additional ICH7 support.
From FreeBSD
Revision
281 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Oct 26 21:17:32 2006 UTC
(17 years, 10 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 280
Part 2 of our large ata update. Most of these changes come from FreeBSD 6-stable or 6.1 Release. We should be at least at 6.1 release levels with our support for devices with this commit.
Add support for the JMicron JMB361, 365 and 366 chips.
Make the ATAPI sense data accessible when using the ioctl interface.
Revision
276 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Oct 18 15:52:35 2006 UTC
(17 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 275
Avoid a warning for each whiteout found during ls -lW
# ls -lW
total 2
-rw-r--r-- 1 root wheel 6 Oct 18 14:46 file1
ls: ./file2: No such file or directory
w--------- 0 root wheel 0 Jan 1 1970 file2
From FreeBSD rev 1.76
Revision
268 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Oct 14 23:08:54 2006 UTC
(17 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 267
Fast interupt handlers are causing problems on some systems. This will workaround the problem until it can be resolved.
Revision
267 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Oct 13 23:15:50 2006 UTC
(17 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 266
Only use the channel in the request given to ata_completed if
its still present.
Only look for ICRC and CORR errors on ATA devices not ATAPI.
Get rid of all the long long and mixint casting in printfs'.
On all our platforms intmax == int64_t so simply using %j to
print int64_ts' is safe all over, and doesn't pollute the code.
Update atapi-fd to support direct devices such as disks.
ATAUSB will need to hook inot the delayed boot identity to
have interrupts running, so externalize it.
Add USB modes.
Revision
266 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Oct 13 20:43:48 2006 UTC
(17 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 265
Keep the parent device (channel) around in ata_request so that we don't
panic on device removal or failure.
Clean up ata_fail_requests to prevent the queue mnging to fail.
Ensure ata_reinit does things in the right order to prevent panics.
Revision
244 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Oct 10 15:23:51 2006 UTC
(17 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 243
Fix bug in malloc_uninit():
Releasing items from the mt_zone can not be done by a simple uma_zfree() call since mt_zone is allocated with the UMA_ZONE_MALLOC flag. Use uma_zfree_arg instead and supply the slam.
This bug can cause panics in low memory conditions while unloading kernel modules containing MALLOC_DEFINE(...) statements.
This commit brings kern_malloc.c up to FreeBSD 6.1 release equivalency.
Revision
235 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Oct 10 14:38:30 2006 UTC
(17 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 233
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r234,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
228 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Oct 8 15:09:01 2006 UTC
(17 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 227
Fix some typos and clarify some information in the man page regarding column title such as =foo at the end of -o.
Revision
227 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Oct 8 15:06:27 2006 UTC
(17 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 226
Fix the case where the user specifies an alternate heading for some output format keyword and the keyword they picked is an alias to some other keyword. This includes the segfault fixes. (FreeBSD)
Revision
222 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Oct 8 06:08:55 2006 UTC
(17 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 221
Make sure the filename for the kernel is correct. The last character could be wrong with the previous code.
Revision
221 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Oct 8 06:07:29 2006 UTC
(17 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 220
When enabling A20 put upper limit on amount of time we wait for the keyboard controller to get ready (65K x ISA access time, visually around 1 second). If we have wait more than that amount it's likely that the hardware is a legacy-free system and doesn't have a keyboard controller and doesn't require enabling A20 at all.
This makes cdboot/pxeldr work on MacBook Pro systems with Boot Camp and some IBM Netvista systems such as the S40.
Revision
214 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Oct 7 18:33:48 2006 UTC
(17 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 213
The UK had some changes with their time zones. This also caused the zoneinfo import to screw up tzsetup.
Revision
209 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Oct 3 02:03:03 2006 UTC
(17 years, 11 months ago)
by
raven
Diff to
previous 207
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r208,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
204 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Oct 2 00:16:53 2006 UTC
(17 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 202
gzio.c minigzip.c and zconf.h have changes that must be maintained during each upgrade from the vendor branch.
Revision
202 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Oct 1 23:49:06 2006 UTC
(17 years, 11 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 200
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r201,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
186 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Sep 23 01:26:01 2006 UTC
(18 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 185
This patch corrects a problem when the max vnodes is below the minimum required by the code. nm_wcommitsize calculation should be reviewed
Revision
173 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Sep 17 02:37:31 2006 UTC
(18 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 172
Update from 6.0.5 to 6.1.4 Intel driver. This update adds support for one additional NIC and hopefully will fix some problems with the em found on some Dell gx260's negotiating below gigabit speeds!
Revision
166 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Sep 9 13:48:40 2006 UTC
(18 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 165
Changed -p flag to -D for "Date". Cleaned up the manual. The utility now checks the length of the format argument and gives an error immediately.
I do not want cat to become a general purpose filter, but this functionality seems quite useful.
Revision
165 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Sep 8 14:04:24 2006 UTC
(18 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 164
A new flag, -p, was added to cat which allows dates to be prepended to each line of output. This could be useful when logging from scripts, etc.
The format is based on strftime
so cat -p %D test might print out
09/08/06testing this
if the file test contained testing this.
This is based on a patch floating around FreeBSD-Current.
Revision
164 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Sep 7 18:52:52 2006 UTC
(18 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 163
recursive DNS server, a remote attacker sending enough recursive
queries for the replies to arrive after all the interested clients
have left the recursion queue will trigger an INSIST failure in the
named(8) daemon. Also for a a recursive DNS server, an assertion
failure can occour when processing a query whose reply will contain
more than one SIG(covered) RRset.
For an authoritative DNS server serving a RFC 2535 DNSSEC zone which
is queried for the SIG records where there are multiple SIG(covered)
RRsets (e.g. a zone apex), named(8) will trigger an assertion failure
when it tries to construct the response.
Revision
162 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Wed Sep 6 14:57:43 2006 UTC
(18 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 161
Work around a deadlock when ATA waits for the taskqueue to call back for completion and something else is holding the taskqueue waiting for ATA to return.
Fixes the "semaphore timeout !! DANGER Will Robinson !!" messages. This patch was obtained from FreeBSD ata-queue.c 1.50.2.3 (march 1 2006) and ata-all.h from the same time.
Revision
134 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Aug 27 18:49:41 2006 UTC
(18 years ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 133
Added Eric Anderson's patch for cp which adds -a an -l flags.
-a is an archive mode which is equivalent to -PpR
-l is link mode where regular files are hard linked instead of copied.
Revision
133 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Aug 25 06:24:52 2006 UTC
(18 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 132
ACPI patches for laptops and other changes related to the new sleep_queue / em driver commit.
if_media was updated to allow import of bce and some baudrate changes in vge.
Revision
131 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Aug 25 06:20:58 2006 UTC
(18 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 130
Patched ACPI problem in hwpcm which needs further testing. randomdev was updated along with it.
mii had a bug with recently driver patches as a function was missing to set the ifmedia_baudrate(). The function was added elsewhere.
Revision
127 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Aug 24 07:53:57 2006 UTC
(18 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 124
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r126,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
124 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Aug 24 07:47:42 2006 UTC
(18 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 122
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r123,
which included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
122 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Aug 24 06:51:36 2006 UTC
(18 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 121
Keyboard multiplexer added to GENERIC. syscons patched to detect keyboards and add them as they are found. i386 only.
Revision
121 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Aug 24 05:37:56 2006 UTC
(18 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 120
Added psm ID's for glide point devices commonly found on laptops. Brings PSM support to FreeBSD 6.1 release.
Revision
120 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Aug 24 05:35:39 2006 UTC
(18 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 119
Intel gigabit network driver (em) updated to 6.05 with FreeBSD 6-stable enhancements. Commit required a sync to a new version of the sleep queue routines which also fixed a deadlock problem. An ACPI issue with some laptops has been noted and a fix will be forthcoming.
Revision
117 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Aug 24 00:18:42 2006 UTC
(18 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 116
rdate's -c flag was not working as -DLEAPSECONDS was not used in the base system to maintain posix compliance. Instead, rdate was altered to read a "right" subdirectory just as openbsd does. In right, leapsecond versions of all the zones are built so that we can maintain legal time if needed.
Revision
111 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Aug 22 12:58:06 2006 UTC
(18 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 110
The old ntpdate program displayed the clock error by default. Change rdate to do the same thing. Idea from DragonFly.
Revision
109 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Aug 22 05:52:12 2006 UTC
(18 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 108
Import of OpenBSD's rdate utility. Leapseconds flag disabled until a decision is made on /usr/share/zoneinfo/Right/UTC or equivalent.
Revision
108 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Tue Aug 22 05:03:27 2006 UTC
(18 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 107
Updated to tzdata2006j. Moved "systemv" into the backward category since its more backward than anything.
Revision
103 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Aug 21 17:43:19 2006 UTC
(18 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 102
Finishing up the OpenNTPD commits. Since we no longer have ntpdate, i'll simply have to add rdate later.
Revision
99 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Mon Aug 21 05:54:56 2006 UTC
(18 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 98
Do to naming conflicts, openntpd had to be commited to its own directory src/contrib/openntpd. This commit should clean up most of the mess. I should plan these things out more carefully. :)
Revision
94 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Aug 20 23:06:33 2006 UTC
(18 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 92
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r93, which
included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
90 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Aug 20 16:05:47 2006 UTC
(18 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 88
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r89, which
included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
86 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sun Aug 20 15:43:46 2006 UTC
(18 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 84
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r85, which
included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
61 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Thu Aug 17 13:00:11 2006 UTC
(18 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 59
Disabled stop on warning so ksh builds. Eventually some code changes should be made to clear up the errors.
Revision
53 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Aug 12 01:05:38 2006 UTC
(18 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 51
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r52, which
included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
48 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Aug 4 17:17:04 2006 UTC
(18 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 47
fast_ipsec has an error which allows packets to bypass the anti-replay check. See FreeBSD-SA6:11.ipsec
Revision
47 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Aug 4 17:14:57 2006 UTC
(18 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 46
Corrected OPIE security issue where a user mistakenly got root password change acces. FreeBSD-SA6:12.opie
Revision
46 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Aug 4 17:10:41 2006 UTC
(18 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 45
FreeBSD-SA6:13 and 14 were patched. The nis software and amd athlon fpu handling fixed. Changes to echo and pfctl are needed to fix compile bugs with changes related to cvs tags and macros.
Revision
45 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Aug 4 12:57:36 2006 UTC
(18 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 43
Fixed a bug in smbfs where an attacker can escape a chroot environment. See FreeBSD-SA-06:16.smbfs
Revision
43 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Fri Aug 4 02:03:05 2006 UTC
(18 years, 1 month ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 41
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r42, which
included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
6 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Feb 25 02:38:42 2006 UTC
(18 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 3
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r5, which
included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.
Revision
3 -
Directory Listing
-
[select for diffs]
Modified
Sat Feb 25 02:29:52 2006 UTC
(18 years, 7 months ago)
by
laffer1
Diff to
previous 2
This commit was generated by cvs2svn to compensate for changes in r2, which
included commits to RCS files with non-trunk default branches.